Top Banner
Task! Discussing the University web site… Ensure you all have session handout Discuss with those around you how this university conceives the roles of teaching and research –at this stage this discussion is private “University of Cyprus aims to establish itself as a Pioneer Research Institution achieving International Scientific Recognition …. The main objectives of the University are twofold: the promotion of scholarship and education through teaching and research, and the enhancement of the cultural, social and economic development of Cyprus. In this context, the University believes that education must provide more than simply accumulation of knowledge. It must also encourage students' active participation in the process of learning …. Research is promoted and funded in all departments for its contribution to scholarship in general and for its local and international applications.” (University web site)
47

Task! Discussing the University web site… Ensure you all have session handout Discuss with those around you how this university conceives the roles of.

Dec 25, 2015

Download

Documents

Asher Summers
Welcome message from author
This document is posted to help you gain knowledge. Please leave a comment to let me know what you think about it! Share it to your friends and learn new things together.
Transcript
Page 1: Task! Discussing the University web site… Ensure you all have session handout Discuss with those around you how this university conceives the roles of.

Task Discussing the University web sitehellip

Ensure you all have session handout

Discuss with those around you how this university conceives the roles of

teaching and research ndashat this stage this discussion is private

ldquoUniversity of Cyprus aims to establish itself as a Pioneer Research Institution achieving

International Scientific Recognition hellip

The main objectives of the University are twofold the promotion of scholarship and

education through teaching and research and the enhancement of the cultural

social and economic development of Cyprus

In this context the University believes that education must provide more than simply

accumulation of knowledge It must also encourage students active participation

in the process of learning hellip

Research is promoted and funded in all departments for its contribution to scholarship in

general and for its local and international applicationsrdquo (University web site)

Linking Discipline based Research with Teaching to Benefit Student Learning ldquohellip universities should treat learning as not yet wholly solved problems

and hence always in research moderdquo (Humboldt 1970 quoted by Elton 2005 110)

Alan Jenkins

Emeritus Professor Oxford Brookes University advisor to QAA Scotland on the Teaching Research

Nexus Enhancement Theme httpwwwenhancementthemesacukthemesResearchTeaching

Confirming the Focus

Our focus today is on (staff faculty )research in the

disciplines (eg philosophy or interdisciplinary

areas such as womensrsquo studies )and student

learning and not on ( pedagogic ) research on

higher education ( Except of course if your

discipline is education)

Aims

bull Discussed what you already do as individuals course teams

hellipto link teaching and discipline based research

bull Noted the key research evidence

bull Clarified your view on the current relationship between

(stafffaculty ) research and student learning in your current

and future role(s) courses discipline and in your department

institution

bull Considered a range of discipline based and department

wide case studies

bull Explored how those relationships could be more

lsquoeffectivelyrsquo constructed and or lsquomanagedrsquo

Pedagogic approach and structure

Pedagogic approach guided discussion with mini

presentations lsquoaction planningrsquo

Structure exploring your views role of research in

HE research evidence the disciplinary

dimension case studies at course and

departmental level provisional planning of

interventions

Language in plenary use English hellipbut in groups

speak as you wish

Line-up

To be an effective teacher in HE one

needs to be centrally involved in

discipline based research

Strongly ------------------------------ Strongly

agree disagree

ONE thing that came out of our discussion was hellip

Line Up

lsquoUndergraduate Research is for

ALL undergraduatesrsquo

Strongly ------------------------------ Strongly

Agree Disagree

ONE thing that came out of our discussion was hellip

Line Up

I find it easy to link my roles as a teacher

( at undergraduate level) and as a

researcher

__________________________________

Strongly agree Strongly disagree

About myself

Geography undergraduate University College London

1959-62 and then school teacher training

Secondary school teacher British Columbia 1963-6

Graduate student geography international relations

Madison Wisconsin 1966-9

Geography at Oxford Polytechnic Brookes University

1975- c 1996

Educational Development Oxford Brookes c1996-2006

Independent Consultant 2006hellip

Available from the HE Academy httpwwwheacademyacukrtnexushtm

International Statements on Value Intent

ldquohellip universities should treat learning as not yet

wholly solved problems and hence always in

research moderdquo (Humboldt founder University

of Berlin 1810 quoted by Elton 2005 110)

The New Zealand Education Amendment Act (1990)

defines a university as where ldquoteaching and

research are closely interdependent and most

of their teaching is done by people who are

active in advancing knowledgerdquo

Two recent pronouncements

The research universities have often failed and continue to fail their undergraduate

populations thousands of students graduate without seeing the world - famous

professors or tasting genuine research (U S) Boyer Commission on Educating

Undergraduates in the Research University (1998 3) (emphasis added)

ldquohellip we want all students to access the benefits exposure to teaching informed by

research can bringhellip This will take many forms including pure and applied

research that feeds curriculum development but also research and

development that tackle the challenging questions facing professional business

regional and local employers now and in the future Wersquore doing this because

we believe an understanding of the research process ndash asking the right

questions in the right way conducting experiments and collating and

evaluating information ndash must be a key part of any undergraduate curriculum

whether or not those involved in delivering it are actively engaged in research

activity themselvesrdquo (Bill Rammell UK Minister for Higher Education 2006 3)

( emphasis added)

Research Evidence

Loosely Coupled ldquoBased on this review we concluded that the common belief that

teaching and research were inextricably intertwined is an enduring myth At best

teaching and research are very loosely coupled (Hattie and Marsh 1996)

At Arms length Students at ldquoarms lengthrdquo from the worlds of university research (Brew

2006)

Individual Faculty can experience links and tensions in resolving their teaching and

research roles The context of the department discipline shapes these

relationships (Colbeck 1998)

Policy Separation lsquoheads of departments and other managers of staff time indicated

that on a managerial level it is more convenient for teaching and research

activities to be treated as separate activities On an intellectual level however

academic managers would rather perceive the two to be synergisticrsquo (Coate et al

2001 p 162)

Research evidence on impact of (selective)undergraduate research programmes

ldquoThere is growing evidence that ndash when done well ndash some programs and activities

appear to engage participants at levels that elevates their performance

across multiple engagement and desired outcomes measures such as

persistence hellip They include first-year seminars common intellectual

experiences learning communities service learning undergraduate

research study abroad and other experiences with diversity internships

and capstone courses and projectsrdquo Kuh 2008 14

ldquoCollectively the evidence shows the power of undergraduate research as a tool

for engaging minority students in authentic science in order to overcome

past societal disadvantages and develop individual talent in communities

that have not had these opportunities Whether such efforts can scale up

the point that they cumulatively foster a more diverse scientific workforce is

a bigger question whose answer remains to be seenrdquo Hunter et al 2010

chapter 8

Acting on the Research Evidence

ldquoThe aim is to increase the circumstances in which teaching and

research have occasion to meethellip

Increase the skills of staff to teach emphasizing the

construction of knowledge by students rather than the

imparting of knowledge by instructors

Ensure that students experience the process of artistic and

scientific productivity

(Hattie and Marsh 1996)

My Perspectives

bull Student lsquounderstandingrsquo of the complexity of knowledge lies at the centre of

higher education (Ron Barnett)

bull From the level of the academic the student hellip and the institution there are

tensions between teaching and research

bull We need to maximise the (potential) synergies and minimise the conflicts

bull This requires actions at a variety of levels

bull The link at undergraduate level is both most problematic and most important

bull If an institution has special roles eg researcher teacher tutor ndashthen one needs to

manage and ensure these roles are at some point linked to the benefit of students

wider society

bull There are important disciplinary lsquoprofessionalrsquo and institutional variations in

teaching research professional knowledge relations

bull Library and information technology staff can play key roles

bull Practices and policies can be adapted to different disciplinary institutional and

national contexts

Curriculum design as controlling a set of different goals forces

Healey and Jenkins argue hellip

All students in all higher education institutions should experience

learning through and about research and inquiry

We argue as does much recent US experience that such curricular

experience should and can be mainstreamed for all or many

students through a research-active curriculum We argue that

this can be achieved through structured interventions at course

team departmental institutional and national levels

(2009p3) Developing Undergraduate Research and Inquiry York

Higher Education Academy

A lsquoLanguagersquo to Help Us Examine What We Do-see handout pp 6-7

bull Research-led where students learn about research findings the

curriculum content is strongly shaped by faculty research

interestscurrent research in the discipline

bull Research-oriented where students learn about research

processes the curriculum emphasises as much the processes by

which knowledge is produced as learning knowledge that has been

achieved and faculty try to engender a research ethos through

their teaching or

bull Research-based where students learn as researchers the

curriculum is largely designed around inquiry-based activities and

the division of roles between teacher and student is minimised

bull Research tutored where students supported by staff in small

group discuss current research ( papers) in their discipline

Research-tutored

Engaging in research discussions

Research-based

Students undertaking research and inquiry

Research-led

Learning about current research in the discipline

Research-oriented

Developing research inquiry and techniques

STUDENT-FOCUSED

STUDENTS AS PARTICIPANTS

EMPHASIS ON RESEARCH CONTENT

EMPHASIS ON RESEARCH PROCESSES AND PROBLEMS

TEACHER-FOCUSED

STUDENTS AS AUDIENCE

Tasks Using that typologylanguage

Consider the case study of geography at University College London page 17 ( ignore Oxford Brookes)

Donrsquot get lost in is this lsquogoodrsquo or lsquobadrsquo practice Letrsquos see it as lsquointeresting practicersquo

Using the language of the handout pages 6-7 what forms of teaching research links do you see there Research led research orientated research based andor research tutored

A Key Perspective

ldquoTeaching and research are correlated

when they are co-related hellipOne way

to achieve this is to exploit further

the link between teaching and

research in the design of coursesrdquo

(Brew A amp Boud D 1995)

Small Group Task pp 8-33 Consider how whether one or more of the

discipline case studies could be adapted to your context

21 Biosciences Physical Sciences and Medicine pp 7-12

22 Social Sciences pp 12-14

23 Business Law and Tourism pp 14-17

24 Geography and Environmental Studies pp 17-21

25 Archaeology and Earth Sciences pp 21-22

26 Arts Media Architecture and Performing Arts pp 22-24

27 English p p 24-25

27 History p25

28 Education and Philosophy pp 25-27

29 Interdisciplinary pp 27-29

Reporter ndash be ready to state one thing that is important about the relevance

of this case study to lsquoyourrsquo practice policyor worth saying about this

case study hellip

Task Course Design-see Annex 2 p 41

Ensure that students experience the process of

artistic and scientific productivity (Hattie and

Marsh 1996)

Group Reflection

Use the typology to examine lsquoyourrsquo current practice ndash as an

individual or member of a course team

What do you consider you are already doing effectively

What might you wish to strengthen or develop

Reporter to state ndash ONE thing worth saying to everybody here

that comes out of this task is hellip

Provisional planning

On the basis of the session so far

provisionally plan ONE intervention in your

own practicehellip

The central features are

Consider how to better ensure lsquosuccessrsquo

including recognising certain expected

difficulties

Taking this forward in your practiceDecide whom is an A and whom a B

A speaks and B listens 3 mins

What I am provisionally taking forward

into my own practice is hellip

B speaks and A listens hellip2 mins

Some suggestions I have are hellip

Now B speaks and A listens

B speaks and A listens 3 mins

What I am provisionally taking forward

into my own practice is hellip

A speaks and B listens hellip2 mins

Some suggestions I have are hellip

Disciplinary Perspectives

Why Disciplines Might Be Significant Logical Hypotheses

bull Disciplines are academic lsquocommunities of practicersquo

bull The nature ofextent of research in the discipline may varybe significant

bull The nature of the fundingorganisation of research in the discipline may

be significant

bull The nature ofrole of scholarship in the discipline may varybe significant

bull The nature of pedagogy in the discipline may be different

bull The nature of how research is taught in the discipline may be significant

bull The importance of research as taught in the discipline may be significant

bull The nature of the staff and or student culture across the discipline may be

significant

bull The importance of research to future student rolesemployability may be

significant

What is

research

Breaking new ground moving

forward exploration and

discovery

How visible is it Laboratories and machinery (ie

tools) but often behind closed

doors

Where is it

located

Out there at a higher level

Who does it Lecturers

Students experience of learning in a research environment Physics handout p 7

Source Robertson and Blackler (2006)

What is

research

Gathering information in the

world answering a question

How visible is it Most visible in the field

Where is it

located

Out there in the field

Who does it Lecturers and (increasingly over

time) students

Students experience of learning in a research environment Geography handout p 7

Source Robertson and Blackler (2006)

What is

research

Looking into gathering putting

it together a focus of interest

How visible is it Not tangibly visible but apparent

in the dialogue

Where is it

located

In the library in the head

Who does it Lecturers and students

Students experience of learning in a research environment English Handout p 7

Source Robertson and Blackler (2006)

Study of Physics and English faculty in two US institutions

In Physics the links lay in the way that undergraduates and

postgraduates could be involved in (staff) research for

much of the research was team basedthe potential and

actual links lay in the organisation of research and

pedagogy Much of the pedagogy was enquiry-based

In English the connections between research and scholarship

were strong indeed the distinctions between research

and scholarship were hard to drawThe teaching-research

connections lay more in the content of the curriculum

(Colbeck 1998)

Discuss teaching research relationships in your course team department or Faculty

Nexus rdquois a connection usually where multiple

elements meetrdquo Wikipedia

Teaching and research relations in my course

team department are like These analogies my

help

lsquolove and marriagersquo lsquo a horse and carriagersquo or

lsquostrangers in the nightrsquo (Sinatra F)

Departmental Relationships

One Research Study in UK Built Environment

departments (Urban Planning) Brookes

Sheffield Hallam Westminster and

University of West of England

Teaching was organised Research was

organised little was done to bring them

together

QAA Scotland Research Teaching Linkages httpwwwenhancementthemesacukdocumentsResearchTeachingQAA292Overview260509pdf

Areas for development

1048698 While there are wide-ranging innovative examples of practice and policy in all institutions

much of this is implicit and not systematically developed or supported

1048698 While the evidence was strong of effective examples of practice at final-year level(for example some

form of research project) institutions departments and schools need to ensure that

these research attributes are developed systematically through programmes in a

structured manner from year one

1048698 There is a sense that the issues were better understood and supported by staff heavily engaged in

teaching and not really understood or supported by those with a major focus on research

1048698 Attention needs to be given to ensuring that students are aware of and understand the

importance of research-based attributes for their future employability and success

as lifelong learners Course teams need to develop waysthat support students understanding

of these attributes and their belief in how they can aid their future employment and involvement

in civic life ( emphasis added)

Considering two case studies

Consider the case study of geography at University College London page 17 ( ignore Oxford Brookes) and Engineering at Imperial p 32

Donrsquot get lost in is this lsquogoodrsquo or lsquobadrsquo practice Letrsquos see it as lsquointeresting practicersquo

What that those departments done to try to bring together teaching and research

What are the similarities and the differences between their strategies

Group Task Departmental Case Studies pp 29-38

Discuss one or more of the case studies ndashand then agree on one

statement worth making as to its value to your

department(s) Faculty this institution

31 Biosciences Chemistry Medicine and Health Sciences

32 Engineering and Mathematics

33 Arts and Social Sciences

34 Geography Earth and Environmental Sciences

35 Developing research skills and academic practices

36 Re-designing Spaces

Note Annex One Linking Teaching and Research in Departments p 40

Questions and Strategies

bull Curriculum and research-based learning

bull Management organisational structure

and staffing at departmental level

bull Inclusive culture

Isssues of Multi and Interdisciplinarity

Internationally hellipfew students now do a single subject degree

Study of long term impact of a degree at Oxford Polytechnic Oxford Brookes

where students studied two subjects Selected geography students

interviewed 5101520 years after graduation

For many this was first time they had been asked to consider their overall

degree relationships between the two subjects they had studied

Jenkins A Jones L and Ward A ( 2001 ) The long -term effect of a degree on

graduate lives Studies in Higher Education 26(2)149-163

Two lsquosolutionsrsquo

Interdisciplinary seminars

Final Year Capstone Courses

httpwwwheacademyacukprojectsdetailntfs

ntfsproject_Gloucestershire10

Remember ldquoWe need to maximise the (potential) synergies and minimise the conflicts

This requires actions at a variety of levelsrdquo

Annex 1 Linking Teaching and Research in Departments

Questions and Strategies p 40

Annex 2 Strategies for Linking Teaching and Research within

Courses and Programmes p41

Annex 3 Institutional Strategies to Link Teaching and

Research A Framework p42

Annex 4 Possible strategies for national and international

organisations pp42-3

My conclusions

bull Understanding the complexity of knowledge lies at

the centre of what makes HIGHER education distinctive

bull That requires purposeful action at a variety of levels

bull In onersquos own teaching and to an extent at course team and

departmental level one does have some freedom of action And

perhaps you can in part shape your research to link with your

teaching

bull Bringing your teaching and research more effectively together can

help you balance what can be competing demands on your time and

attention

bull These issues will shape your whole careerif you are an early career

academic one needs now to focus on what is in your lsquocontrolrsquo but look

to the future hellip

A Conclusion

A Round One thing I am going to do in my own practice is hellip

One thing I am going to propose to my subject group is hellip

One thing we should do at Department Institutional level is hellip

One thing I want to say is hellip

Page 2: Task! Discussing the University web site… Ensure you all have session handout Discuss with those around you how this university conceives the roles of.

Linking Discipline based Research with Teaching to Benefit Student Learning ldquohellip universities should treat learning as not yet wholly solved problems

and hence always in research moderdquo (Humboldt 1970 quoted by Elton 2005 110)

Alan Jenkins

Emeritus Professor Oxford Brookes University advisor to QAA Scotland on the Teaching Research

Nexus Enhancement Theme httpwwwenhancementthemesacukthemesResearchTeaching

Confirming the Focus

Our focus today is on (staff faculty )research in the

disciplines (eg philosophy or interdisciplinary

areas such as womensrsquo studies )and student

learning and not on ( pedagogic ) research on

higher education ( Except of course if your

discipline is education)

Aims

bull Discussed what you already do as individuals course teams

hellipto link teaching and discipline based research

bull Noted the key research evidence

bull Clarified your view on the current relationship between

(stafffaculty ) research and student learning in your current

and future role(s) courses discipline and in your department

institution

bull Considered a range of discipline based and department

wide case studies

bull Explored how those relationships could be more

lsquoeffectivelyrsquo constructed and or lsquomanagedrsquo

Pedagogic approach and structure

Pedagogic approach guided discussion with mini

presentations lsquoaction planningrsquo

Structure exploring your views role of research in

HE research evidence the disciplinary

dimension case studies at course and

departmental level provisional planning of

interventions

Language in plenary use English hellipbut in groups

speak as you wish

Line-up

To be an effective teacher in HE one

needs to be centrally involved in

discipline based research

Strongly ------------------------------ Strongly

agree disagree

ONE thing that came out of our discussion was hellip

Line Up

lsquoUndergraduate Research is for

ALL undergraduatesrsquo

Strongly ------------------------------ Strongly

Agree Disagree

ONE thing that came out of our discussion was hellip

Line Up

I find it easy to link my roles as a teacher

( at undergraduate level) and as a

researcher

__________________________________

Strongly agree Strongly disagree

About myself

Geography undergraduate University College London

1959-62 and then school teacher training

Secondary school teacher British Columbia 1963-6

Graduate student geography international relations

Madison Wisconsin 1966-9

Geography at Oxford Polytechnic Brookes University

1975- c 1996

Educational Development Oxford Brookes c1996-2006

Independent Consultant 2006hellip

Available from the HE Academy httpwwwheacademyacukrtnexushtm

International Statements on Value Intent

ldquohellip universities should treat learning as not yet

wholly solved problems and hence always in

research moderdquo (Humboldt founder University

of Berlin 1810 quoted by Elton 2005 110)

The New Zealand Education Amendment Act (1990)

defines a university as where ldquoteaching and

research are closely interdependent and most

of their teaching is done by people who are

active in advancing knowledgerdquo

Two recent pronouncements

The research universities have often failed and continue to fail their undergraduate

populations thousands of students graduate without seeing the world - famous

professors or tasting genuine research (U S) Boyer Commission on Educating

Undergraduates in the Research University (1998 3) (emphasis added)

ldquohellip we want all students to access the benefits exposure to teaching informed by

research can bringhellip This will take many forms including pure and applied

research that feeds curriculum development but also research and

development that tackle the challenging questions facing professional business

regional and local employers now and in the future Wersquore doing this because

we believe an understanding of the research process ndash asking the right

questions in the right way conducting experiments and collating and

evaluating information ndash must be a key part of any undergraduate curriculum

whether or not those involved in delivering it are actively engaged in research

activity themselvesrdquo (Bill Rammell UK Minister for Higher Education 2006 3)

( emphasis added)

Research Evidence

Loosely Coupled ldquoBased on this review we concluded that the common belief that

teaching and research were inextricably intertwined is an enduring myth At best

teaching and research are very loosely coupled (Hattie and Marsh 1996)

At Arms length Students at ldquoarms lengthrdquo from the worlds of university research (Brew

2006)

Individual Faculty can experience links and tensions in resolving their teaching and

research roles The context of the department discipline shapes these

relationships (Colbeck 1998)

Policy Separation lsquoheads of departments and other managers of staff time indicated

that on a managerial level it is more convenient for teaching and research

activities to be treated as separate activities On an intellectual level however

academic managers would rather perceive the two to be synergisticrsquo (Coate et al

2001 p 162)

Research evidence on impact of (selective)undergraduate research programmes

ldquoThere is growing evidence that ndash when done well ndash some programs and activities

appear to engage participants at levels that elevates their performance

across multiple engagement and desired outcomes measures such as

persistence hellip They include first-year seminars common intellectual

experiences learning communities service learning undergraduate

research study abroad and other experiences with diversity internships

and capstone courses and projectsrdquo Kuh 2008 14

ldquoCollectively the evidence shows the power of undergraduate research as a tool

for engaging minority students in authentic science in order to overcome

past societal disadvantages and develop individual talent in communities

that have not had these opportunities Whether such efforts can scale up

the point that they cumulatively foster a more diverse scientific workforce is

a bigger question whose answer remains to be seenrdquo Hunter et al 2010

chapter 8

Acting on the Research Evidence

ldquoThe aim is to increase the circumstances in which teaching and

research have occasion to meethellip

Increase the skills of staff to teach emphasizing the

construction of knowledge by students rather than the

imparting of knowledge by instructors

Ensure that students experience the process of artistic and

scientific productivity

(Hattie and Marsh 1996)

My Perspectives

bull Student lsquounderstandingrsquo of the complexity of knowledge lies at the centre of

higher education (Ron Barnett)

bull From the level of the academic the student hellip and the institution there are

tensions between teaching and research

bull We need to maximise the (potential) synergies and minimise the conflicts

bull This requires actions at a variety of levels

bull The link at undergraduate level is both most problematic and most important

bull If an institution has special roles eg researcher teacher tutor ndashthen one needs to

manage and ensure these roles are at some point linked to the benefit of students

wider society

bull There are important disciplinary lsquoprofessionalrsquo and institutional variations in

teaching research professional knowledge relations

bull Library and information technology staff can play key roles

bull Practices and policies can be adapted to different disciplinary institutional and

national contexts

Curriculum design as controlling a set of different goals forces

Healey and Jenkins argue hellip

All students in all higher education institutions should experience

learning through and about research and inquiry

We argue as does much recent US experience that such curricular

experience should and can be mainstreamed for all or many

students through a research-active curriculum We argue that

this can be achieved through structured interventions at course

team departmental institutional and national levels

(2009p3) Developing Undergraduate Research and Inquiry York

Higher Education Academy

A lsquoLanguagersquo to Help Us Examine What We Do-see handout pp 6-7

bull Research-led where students learn about research findings the

curriculum content is strongly shaped by faculty research

interestscurrent research in the discipline

bull Research-oriented where students learn about research

processes the curriculum emphasises as much the processes by

which knowledge is produced as learning knowledge that has been

achieved and faculty try to engender a research ethos through

their teaching or

bull Research-based where students learn as researchers the

curriculum is largely designed around inquiry-based activities and

the division of roles between teacher and student is minimised

bull Research tutored where students supported by staff in small

group discuss current research ( papers) in their discipline

Research-tutored

Engaging in research discussions

Research-based

Students undertaking research and inquiry

Research-led

Learning about current research in the discipline

Research-oriented

Developing research inquiry and techniques

STUDENT-FOCUSED

STUDENTS AS PARTICIPANTS

EMPHASIS ON RESEARCH CONTENT

EMPHASIS ON RESEARCH PROCESSES AND PROBLEMS

TEACHER-FOCUSED

STUDENTS AS AUDIENCE

Tasks Using that typologylanguage

Consider the case study of geography at University College London page 17 ( ignore Oxford Brookes)

Donrsquot get lost in is this lsquogoodrsquo or lsquobadrsquo practice Letrsquos see it as lsquointeresting practicersquo

Using the language of the handout pages 6-7 what forms of teaching research links do you see there Research led research orientated research based andor research tutored

A Key Perspective

ldquoTeaching and research are correlated

when they are co-related hellipOne way

to achieve this is to exploit further

the link between teaching and

research in the design of coursesrdquo

(Brew A amp Boud D 1995)

Small Group Task pp 8-33 Consider how whether one or more of the

discipline case studies could be adapted to your context

21 Biosciences Physical Sciences and Medicine pp 7-12

22 Social Sciences pp 12-14

23 Business Law and Tourism pp 14-17

24 Geography and Environmental Studies pp 17-21

25 Archaeology and Earth Sciences pp 21-22

26 Arts Media Architecture and Performing Arts pp 22-24

27 English p p 24-25

27 History p25

28 Education and Philosophy pp 25-27

29 Interdisciplinary pp 27-29

Reporter ndash be ready to state one thing that is important about the relevance

of this case study to lsquoyourrsquo practice policyor worth saying about this

case study hellip

Task Course Design-see Annex 2 p 41

Ensure that students experience the process of

artistic and scientific productivity (Hattie and

Marsh 1996)

Group Reflection

Use the typology to examine lsquoyourrsquo current practice ndash as an

individual or member of a course team

What do you consider you are already doing effectively

What might you wish to strengthen or develop

Reporter to state ndash ONE thing worth saying to everybody here

that comes out of this task is hellip

Provisional planning

On the basis of the session so far

provisionally plan ONE intervention in your

own practicehellip

The central features are

Consider how to better ensure lsquosuccessrsquo

including recognising certain expected

difficulties

Taking this forward in your practiceDecide whom is an A and whom a B

A speaks and B listens 3 mins

What I am provisionally taking forward

into my own practice is hellip

B speaks and A listens hellip2 mins

Some suggestions I have are hellip

Now B speaks and A listens

B speaks and A listens 3 mins

What I am provisionally taking forward

into my own practice is hellip

A speaks and B listens hellip2 mins

Some suggestions I have are hellip

Disciplinary Perspectives

Why Disciplines Might Be Significant Logical Hypotheses

bull Disciplines are academic lsquocommunities of practicersquo

bull The nature ofextent of research in the discipline may varybe significant

bull The nature of the fundingorganisation of research in the discipline may

be significant

bull The nature ofrole of scholarship in the discipline may varybe significant

bull The nature of pedagogy in the discipline may be different

bull The nature of how research is taught in the discipline may be significant

bull The importance of research as taught in the discipline may be significant

bull The nature of the staff and or student culture across the discipline may be

significant

bull The importance of research to future student rolesemployability may be

significant

What is

research

Breaking new ground moving

forward exploration and

discovery

How visible is it Laboratories and machinery (ie

tools) but often behind closed

doors

Where is it

located

Out there at a higher level

Who does it Lecturers

Students experience of learning in a research environment Physics handout p 7

Source Robertson and Blackler (2006)

What is

research

Gathering information in the

world answering a question

How visible is it Most visible in the field

Where is it

located

Out there in the field

Who does it Lecturers and (increasingly over

time) students

Students experience of learning in a research environment Geography handout p 7

Source Robertson and Blackler (2006)

What is

research

Looking into gathering putting

it together a focus of interest

How visible is it Not tangibly visible but apparent

in the dialogue

Where is it

located

In the library in the head

Who does it Lecturers and students

Students experience of learning in a research environment English Handout p 7

Source Robertson and Blackler (2006)

Study of Physics and English faculty in two US institutions

In Physics the links lay in the way that undergraduates and

postgraduates could be involved in (staff) research for

much of the research was team basedthe potential and

actual links lay in the organisation of research and

pedagogy Much of the pedagogy was enquiry-based

In English the connections between research and scholarship

were strong indeed the distinctions between research

and scholarship were hard to drawThe teaching-research

connections lay more in the content of the curriculum

(Colbeck 1998)

Discuss teaching research relationships in your course team department or Faculty

Nexus rdquois a connection usually where multiple

elements meetrdquo Wikipedia

Teaching and research relations in my course

team department are like These analogies my

help

lsquolove and marriagersquo lsquo a horse and carriagersquo or

lsquostrangers in the nightrsquo (Sinatra F)

Departmental Relationships

One Research Study in UK Built Environment

departments (Urban Planning) Brookes

Sheffield Hallam Westminster and

University of West of England

Teaching was organised Research was

organised little was done to bring them

together

QAA Scotland Research Teaching Linkages httpwwwenhancementthemesacukdocumentsResearchTeachingQAA292Overview260509pdf

Areas for development

1048698 While there are wide-ranging innovative examples of practice and policy in all institutions

much of this is implicit and not systematically developed or supported

1048698 While the evidence was strong of effective examples of practice at final-year level(for example some

form of research project) institutions departments and schools need to ensure that

these research attributes are developed systematically through programmes in a

structured manner from year one

1048698 There is a sense that the issues were better understood and supported by staff heavily engaged in

teaching and not really understood or supported by those with a major focus on research

1048698 Attention needs to be given to ensuring that students are aware of and understand the

importance of research-based attributes for their future employability and success

as lifelong learners Course teams need to develop waysthat support students understanding

of these attributes and their belief in how they can aid their future employment and involvement

in civic life ( emphasis added)

Considering two case studies

Consider the case study of geography at University College London page 17 ( ignore Oxford Brookes) and Engineering at Imperial p 32

Donrsquot get lost in is this lsquogoodrsquo or lsquobadrsquo practice Letrsquos see it as lsquointeresting practicersquo

What that those departments done to try to bring together teaching and research

What are the similarities and the differences between their strategies

Group Task Departmental Case Studies pp 29-38

Discuss one or more of the case studies ndashand then agree on one

statement worth making as to its value to your

department(s) Faculty this institution

31 Biosciences Chemistry Medicine and Health Sciences

32 Engineering and Mathematics

33 Arts and Social Sciences

34 Geography Earth and Environmental Sciences

35 Developing research skills and academic practices

36 Re-designing Spaces

Note Annex One Linking Teaching and Research in Departments p 40

Questions and Strategies

bull Curriculum and research-based learning

bull Management organisational structure

and staffing at departmental level

bull Inclusive culture

Isssues of Multi and Interdisciplinarity

Internationally hellipfew students now do a single subject degree

Study of long term impact of a degree at Oxford Polytechnic Oxford Brookes

where students studied two subjects Selected geography students

interviewed 5101520 years after graduation

For many this was first time they had been asked to consider their overall

degree relationships between the two subjects they had studied

Jenkins A Jones L and Ward A ( 2001 ) The long -term effect of a degree on

graduate lives Studies in Higher Education 26(2)149-163

Two lsquosolutionsrsquo

Interdisciplinary seminars

Final Year Capstone Courses

httpwwwheacademyacukprojectsdetailntfs

ntfsproject_Gloucestershire10

Remember ldquoWe need to maximise the (potential) synergies and minimise the conflicts

This requires actions at a variety of levelsrdquo

Annex 1 Linking Teaching and Research in Departments

Questions and Strategies p 40

Annex 2 Strategies for Linking Teaching and Research within

Courses and Programmes p41

Annex 3 Institutional Strategies to Link Teaching and

Research A Framework p42

Annex 4 Possible strategies for national and international

organisations pp42-3

My conclusions

bull Understanding the complexity of knowledge lies at

the centre of what makes HIGHER education distinctive

bull That requires purposeful action at a variety of levels

bull In onersquos own teaching and to an extent at course team and

departmental level one does have some freedom of action And

perhaps you can in part shape your research to link with your

teaching

bull Bringing your teaching and research more effectively together can

help you balance what can be competing demands on your time and

attention

bull These issues will shape your whole careerif you are an early career

academic one needs now to focus on what is in your lsquocontrolrsquo but look

to the future hellip

A Conclusion

A Round One thing I am going to do in my own practice is hellip

One thing I am going to propose to my subject group is hellip

One thing we should do at Department Institutional level is hellip

One thing I want to say is hellip

Page 3: Task! Discussing the University web site… Ensure you all have session handout Discuss with those around you how this university conceives the roles of.

Confirming the Focus

Our focus today is on (staff faculty )research in the

disciplines (eg philosophy or interdisciplinary

areas such as womensrsquo studies )and student

learning and not on ( pedagogic ) research on

higher education ( Except of course if your

discipline is education)

Aims

bull Discussed what you already do as individuals course teams

hellipto link teaching and discipline based research

bull Noted the key research evidence

bull Clarified your view on the current relationship between

(stafffaculty ) research and student learning in your current

and future role(s) courses discipline and in your department

institution

bull Considered a range of discipline based and department

wide case studies

bull Explored how those relationships could be more

lsquoeffectivelyrsquo constructed and or lsquomanagedrsquo

Pedagogic approach and structure

Pedagogic approach guided discussion with mini

presentations lsquoaction planningrsquo

Structure exploring your views role of research in

HE research evidence the disciplinary

dimension case studies at course and

departmental level provisional planning of

interventions

Language in plenary use English hellipbut in groups

speak as you wish

Line-up

To be an effective teacher in HE one

needs to be centrally involved in

discipline based research

Strongly ------------------------------ Strongly

agree disagree

ONE thing that came out of our discussion was hellip

Line Up

lsquoUndergraduate Research is for

ALL undergraduatesrsquo

Strongly ------------------------------ Strongly

Agree Disagree

ONE thing that came out of our discussion was hellip

Line Up

I find it easy to link my roles as a teacher

( at undergraduate level) and as a

researcher

__________________________________

Strongly agree Strongly disagree

About myself

Geography undergraduate University College London

1959-62 and then school teacher training

Secondary school teacher British Columbia 1963-6

Graduate student geography international relations

Madison Wisconsin 1966-9

Geography at Oxford Polytechnic Brookes University

1975- c 1996

Educational Development Oxford Brookes c1996-2006

Independent Consultant 2006hellip

Available from the HE Academy httpwwwheacademyacukrtnexushtm

International Statements on Value Intent

ldquohellip universities should treat learning as not yet

wholly solved problems and hence always in

research moderdquo (Humboldt founder University

of Berlin 1810 quoted by Elton 2005 110)

The New Zealand Education Amendment Act (1990)

defines a university as where ldquoteaching and

research are closely interdependent and most

of their teaching is done by people who are

active in advancing knowledgerdquo

Two recent pronouncements

The research universities have often failed and continue to fail their undergraduate

populations thousands of students graduate without seeing the world - famous

professors or tasting genuine research (U S) Boyer Commission on Educating

Undergraduates in the Research University (1998 3) (emphasis added)

ldquohellip we want all students to access the benefits exposure to teaching informed by

research can bringhellip This will take many forms including pure and applied

research that feeds curriculum development but also research and

development that tackle the challenging questions facing professional business

regional and local employers now and in the future Wersquore doing this because

we believe an understanding of the research process ndash asking the right

questions in the right way conducting experiments and collating and

evaluating information ndash must be a key part of any undergraduate curriculum

whether or not those involved in delivering it are actively engaged in research

activity themselvesrdquo (Bill Rammell UK Minister for Higher Education 2006 3)

( emphasis added)

Research Evidence

Loosely Coupled ldquoBased on this review we concluded that the common belief that

teaching and research were inextricably intertwined is an enduring myth At best

teaching and research are very loosely coupled (Hattie and Marsh 1996)

At Arms length Students at ldquoarms lengthrdquo from the worlds of university research (Brew

2006)

Individual Faculty can experience links and tensions in resolving their teaching and

research roles The context of the department discipline shapes these

relationships (Colbeck 1998)

Policy Separation lsquoheads of departments and other managers of staff time indicated

that on a managerial level it is more convenient for teaching and research

activities to be treated as separate activities On an intellectual level however

academic managers would rather perceive the two to be synergisticrsquo (Coate et al

2001 p 162)

Research evidence on impact of (selective)undergraduate research programmes

ldquoThere is growing evidence that ndash when done well ndash some programs and activities

appear to engage participants at levels that elevates their performance

across multiple engagement and desired outcomes measures such as

persistence hellip They include first-year seminars common intellectual

experiences learning communities service learning undergraduate

research study abroad and other experiences with diversity internships

and capstone courses and projectsrdquo Kuh 2008 14

ldquoCollectively the evidence shows the power of undergraduate research as a tool

for engaging minority students in authentic science in order to overcome

past societal disadvantages and develop individual talent in communities

that have not had these opportunities Whether such efforts can scale up

the point that they cumulatively foster a more diverse scientific workforce is

a bigger question whose answer remains to be seenrdquo Hunter et al 2010

chapter 8

Acting on the Research Evidence

ldquoThe aim is to increase the circumstances in which teaching and

research have occasion to meethellip

Increase the skills of staff to teach emphasizing the

construction of knowledge by students rather than the

imparting of knowledge by instructors

Ensure that students experience the process of artistic and

scientific productivity

(Hattie and Marsh 1996)

My Perspectives

bull Student lsquounderstandingrsquo of the complexity of knowledge lies at the centre of

higher education (Ron Barnett)

bull From the level of the academic the student hellip and the institution there are

tensions between teaching and research

bull We need to maximise the (potential) synergies and minimise the conflicts

bull This requires actions at a variety of levels

bull The link at undergraduate level is both most problematic and most important

bull If an institution has special roles eg researcher teacher tutor ndashthen one needs to

manage and ensure these roles are at some point linked to the benefit of students

wider society

bull There are important disciplinary lsquoprofessionalrsquo and institutional variations in

teaching research professional knowledge relations

bull Library and information technology staff can play key roles

bull Practices and policies can be adapted to different disciplinary institutional and

national contexts

Curriculum design as controlling a set of different goals forces

Healey and Jenkins argue hellip

All students in all higher education institutions should experience

learning through and about research and inquiry

We argue as does much recent US experience that such curricular

experience should and can be mainstreamed for all or many

students through a research-active curriculum We argue that

this can be achieved through structured interventions at course

team departmental institutional and national levels

(2009p3) Developing Undergraduate Research and Inquiry York

Higher Education Academy

A lsquoLanguagersquo to Help Us Examine What We Do-see handout pp 6-7

bull Research-led where students learn about research findings the

curriculum content is strongly shaped by faculty research

interestscurrent research in the discipline

bull Research-oriented where students learn about research

processes the curriculum emphasises as much the processes by

which knowledge is produced as learning knowledge that has been

achieved and faculty try to engender a research ethos through

their teaching or

bull Research-based where students learn as researchers the

curriculum is largely designed around inquiry-based activities and

the division of roles between teacher and student is minimised

bull Research tutored where students supported by staff in small

group discuss current research ( papers) in their discipline

Research-tutored

Engaging in research discussions

Research-based

Students undertaking research and inquiry

Research-led

Learning about current research in the discipline

Research-oriented

Developing research inquiry and techniques

STUDENT-FOCUSED

STUDENTS AS PARTICIPANTS

EMPHASIS ON RESEARCH CONTENT

EMPHASIS ON RESEARCH PROCESSES AND PROBLEMS

TEACHER-FOCUSED

STUDENTS AS AUDIENCE

Tasks Using that typologylanguage

Consider the case study of geography at University College London page 17 ( ignore Oxford Brookes)

Donrsquot get lost in is this lsquogoodrsquo or lsquobadrsquo practice Letrsquos see it as lsquointeresting practicersquo

Using the language of the handout pages 6-7 what forms of teaching research links do you see there Research led research orientated research based andor research tutored

A Key Perspective

ldquoTeaching and research are correlated

when they are co-related hellipOne way

to achieve this is to exploit further

the link between teaching and

research in the design of coursesrdquo

(Brew A amp Boud D 1995)

Small Group Task pp 8-33 Consider how whether one or more of the

discipline case studies could be adapted to your context

21 Biosciences Physical Sciences and Medicine pp 7-12

22 Social Sciences pp 12-14

23 Business Law and Tourism pp 14-17

24 Geography and Environmental Studies pp 17-21

25 Archaeology and Earth Sciences pp 21-22

26 Arts Media Architecture and Performing Arts pp 22-24

27 English p p 24-25

27 History p25

28 Education and Philosophy pp 25-27

29 Interdisciplinary pp 27-29

Reporter ndash be ready to state one thing that is important about the relevance

of this case study to lsquoyourrsquo practice policyor worth saying about this

case study hellip

Task Course Design-see Annex 2 p 41

Ensure that students experience the process of

artistic and scientific productivity (Hattie and

Marsh 1996)

Group Reflection

Use the typology to examine lsquoyourrsquo current practice ndash as an

individual or member of a course team

What do you consider you are already doing effectively

What might you wish to strengthen or develop

Reporter to state ndash ONE thing worth saying to everybody here

that comes out of this task is hellip

Provisional planning

On the basis of the session so far

provisionally plan ONE intervention in your

own practicehellip

The central features are

Consider how to better ensure lsquosuccessrsquo

including recognising certain expected

difficulties

Taking this forward in your practiceDecide whom is an A and whom a B

A speaks and B listens 3 mins

What I am provisionally taking forward

into my own practice is hellip

B speaks and A listens hellip2 mins

Some suggestions I have are hellip

Now B speaks and A listens

B speaks and A listens 3 mins

What I am provisionally taking forward

into my own practice is hellip

A speaks and B listens hellip2 mins

Some suggestions I have are hellip

Disciplinary Perspectives

Why Disciplines Might Be Significant Logical Hypotheses

bull Disciplines are academic lsquocommunities of practicersquo

bull The nature ofextent of research in the discipline may varybe significant

bull The nature of the fundingorganisation of research in the discipline may

be significant

bull The nature ofrole of scholarship in the discipline may varybe significant

bull The nature of pedagogy in the discipline may be different

bull The nature of how research is taught in the discipline may be significant

bull The importance of research as taught in the discipline may be significant

bull The nature of the staff and or student culture across the discipline may be

significant

bull The importance of research to future student rolesemployability may be

significant

What is

research

Breaking new ground moving

forward exploration and

discovery

How visible is it Laboratories and machinery (ie

tools) but often behind closed

doors

Where is it

located

Out there at a higher level

Who does it Lecturers

Students experience of learning in a research environment Physics handout p 7

Source Robertson and Blackler (2006)

What is

research

Gathering information in the

world answering a question

How visible is it Most visible in the field

Where is it

located

Out there in the field

Who does it Lecturers and (increasingly over

time) students

Students experience of learning in a research environment Geography handout p 7

Source Robertson and Blackler (2006)

What is

research

Looking into gathering putting

it together a focus of interest

How visible is it Not tangibly visible but apparent

in the dialogue

Where is it

located

In the library in the head

Who does it Lecturers and students

Students experience of learning in a research environment English Handout p 7

Source Robertson and Blackler (2006)

Study of Physics and English faculty in two US institutions

In Physics the links lay in the way that undergraduates and

postgraduates could be involved in (staff) research for

much of the research was team basedthe potential and

actual links lay in the organisation of research and

pedagogy Much of the pedagogy was enquiry-based

In English the connections between research and scholarship

were strong indeed the distinctions between research

and scholarship were hard to drawThe teaching-research

connections lay more in the content of the curriculum

(Colbeck 1998)

Discuss teaching research relationships in your course team department or Faculty

Nexus rdquois a connection usually where multiple

elements meetrdquo Wikipedia

Teaching and research relations in my course

team department are like These analogies my

help

lsquolove and marriagersquo lsquo a horse and carriagersquo or

lsquostrangers in the nightrsquo (Sinatra F)

Departmental Relationships

One Research Study in UK Built Environment

departments (Urban Planning) Brookes

Sheffield Hallam Westminster and

University of West of England

Teaching was organised Research was

organised little was done to bring them

together

QAA Scotland Research Teaching Linkages httpwwwenhancementthemesacukdocumentsResearchTeachingQAA292Overview260509pdf

Areas for development

1048698 While there are wide-ranging innovative examples of practice and policy in all institutions

much of this is implicit and not systematically developed or supported

1048698 While the evidence was strong of effective examples of practice at final-year level(for example some

form of research project) institutions departments and schools need to ensure that

these research attributes are developed systematically through programmes in a

structured manner from year one

1048698 There is a sense that the issues were better understood and supported by staff heavily engaged in

teaching and not really understood or supported by those with a major focus on research

1048698 Attention needs to be given to ensuring that students are aware of and understand the

importance of research-based attributes for their future employability and success

as lifelong learners Course teams need to develop waysthat support students understanding

of these attributes and their belief in how they can aid their future employment and involvement

in civic life ( emphasis added)

Considering two case studies

Consider the case study of geography at University College London page 17 ( ignore Oxford Brookes) and Engineering at Imperial p 32

Donrsquot get lost in is this lsquogoodrsquo or lsquobadrsquo practice Letrsquos see it as lsquointeresting practicersquo

What that those departments done to try to bring together teaching and research

What are the similarities and the differences between their strategies

Group Task Departmental Case Studies pp 29-38

Discuss one or more of the case studies ndashand then agree on one

statement worth making as to its value to your

department(s) Faculty this institution

31 Biosciences Chemistry Medicine and Health Sciences

32 Engineering and Mathematics

33 Arts and Social Sciences

34 Geography Earth and Environmental Sciences

35 Developing research skills and academic practices

36 Re-designing Spaces

Note Annex One Linking Teaching and Research in Departments p 40

Questions and Strategies

bull Curriculum and research-based learning

bull Management organisational structure

and staffing at departmental level

bull Inclusive culture

Isssues of Multi and Interdisciplinarity

Internationally hellipfew students now do a single subject degree

Study of long term impact of a degree at Oxford Polytechnic Oxford Brookes

where students studied two subjects Selected geography students

interviewed 5101520 years after graduation

For many this was first time they had been asked to consider their overall

degree relationships between the two subjects they had studied

Jenkins A Jones L and Ward A ( 2001 ) The long -term effect of a degree on

graduate lives Studies in Higher Education 26(2)149-163

Two lsquosolutionsrsquo

Interdisciplinary seminars

Final Year Capstone Courses

httpwwwheacademyacukprojectsdetailntfs

ntfsproject_Gloucestershire10

Remember ldquoWe need to maximise the (potential) synergies and minimise the conflicts

This requires actions at a variety of levelsrdquo

Annex 1 Linking Teaching and Research in Departments

Questions and Strategies p 40

Annex 2 Strategies for Linking Teaching and Research within

Courses and Programmes p41

Annex 3 Institutional Strategies to Link Teaching and

Research A Framework p42

Annex 4 Possible strategies for national and international

organisations pp42-3

My conclusions

bull Understanding the complexity of knowledge lies at

the centre of what makes HIGHER education distinctive

bull That requires purposeful action at a variety of levels

bull In onersquos own teaching and to an extent at course team and

departmental level one does have some freedom of action And

perhaps you can in part shape your research to link with your

teaching

bull Bringing your teaching and research more effectively together can

help you balance what can be competing demands on your time and

attention

bull These issues will shape your whole careerif you are an early career

academic one needs now to focus on what is in your lsquocontrolrsquo but look

to the future hellip

A Conclusion

A Round One thing I am going to do in my own practice is hellip

One thing I am going to propose to my subject group is hellip

One thing we should do at Department Institutional level is hellip

One thing I want to say is hellip

Page 4: Task! Discussing the University web site… Ensure you all have session handout Discuss with those around you how this university conceives the roles of.

Aims

bull Discussed what you already do as individuals course teams

hellipto link teaching and discipline based research

bull Noted the key research evidence

bull Clarified your view on the current relationship between

(stafffaculty ) research and student learning in your current

and future role(s) courses discipline and in your department

institution

bull Considered a range of discipline based and department

wide case studies

bull Explored how those relationships could be more

lsquoeffectivelyrsquo constructed and or lsquomanagedrsquo

Pedagogic approach and structure

Pedagogic approach guided discussion with mini

presentations lsquoaction planningrsquo

Structure exploring your views role of research in

HE research evidence the disciplinary

dimension case studies at course and

departmental level provisional planning of

interventions

Language in plenary use English hellipbut in groups

speak as you wish

Line-up

To be an effective teacher in HE one

needs to be centrally involved in

discipline based research

Strongly ------------------------------ Strongly

agree disagree

ONE thing that came out of our discussion was hellip

Line Up

lsquoUndergraduate Research is for

ALL undergraduatesrsquo

Strongly ------------------------------ Strongly

Agree Disagree

ONE thing that came out of our discussion was hellip

Line Up

I find it easy to link my roles as a teacher

( at undergraduate level) and as a

researcher

__________________________________

Strongly agree Strongly disagree

About myself

Geography undergraduate University College London

1959-62 and then school teacher training

Secondary school teacher British Columbia 1963-6

Graduate student geography international relations

Madison Wisconsin 1966-9

Geography at Oxford Polytechnic Brookes University

1975- c 1996

Educational Development Oxford Brookes c1996-2006

Independent Consultant 2006hellip

Available from the HE Academy httpwwwheacademyacukrtnexushtm

International Statements on Value Intent

ldquohellip universities should treat learning as not yet

wholly solved problems and hence always in

research moderdquo (Humboldt founder University

of Berlin 1810 quoted by Elton 2005 110)

The New Zealand Education Amendment Act (1990)

defines a university as where ldquoteaching and

research are closely interdependent and most

of their teaching is done by people who are

active in advancing knowledgerdquo

Two recent pronouncements

The research universities have often failed and continue to fail their undergraduate

populations thousands of students graduate without seeing the world - famous

professors or tasting genuine research (U S) Boyer Commission on Educating

Undergraduates in the Research University (1998 3) (emphasis added)

ldquohellip we want all students to access the benefits exposure to teaching informed by

research can bringhellip This will take many forms including pure and applied

research that feeds curriculum development but also research and

development that tackle the challenging questions facing professional business

regional and local employers now and in the future Wersquore doing this because

we believe an understanding of the research process ndash asking the right

questions in the right way conducting experiments and collating and

evaluating information ndash must be a key part of any undergraduate curriculum

whether or not those involved in delivering it are actively engaged in research

activity themselvesrdquo (Bill Rammell UK Minister for Higher Education 2006 3)

( emphasis added)

Research Evidence

Loosely Coupled ldquoBased on this review we concluded that the common belief that

teaching and research were inextricably intertwined is an enduring myth At best

teaching and research are very loosely coupled (Hattie and Marsh 1996)

At Arms length Students at ldquoarms lengthrdquo from the worlds of university research (Brew

2006)

Individual Faculty can experience links and tensions in resolving their teaching and

research roles The context of the department discipline shapes these

relationships (Colbeck 1998)

Policy Separation lsquoheads of departments and other managers of staff time indicated

that on a managerial level it is more convenient for teaching and research

activities to be treated as separate activities On an intellectual level however

academic managers would rather perceive the two to be synergisticrsquo (Coate et al

2001 p 162)

Research evidence on impact of (selective)undergraduate research programmes

ldquoThere is growing evidence that ndash when done well ndash some programs and activities

appear to engage participants at levels that elevates their performance

across multiple engagement and desired outcomes measures such as

persistence hellip They include first-year seminars common intellectual

experiences learning communities service learning undergraduate

research study abroad and other experiences with diversity internships

and capstone courses and projectsrdquo Kuh 2008 14

ldquoCollectively the evidence shows the power of undergraduate research as a tool

for engaging minority students in authentic science in order to overcome

past societal disadvantages and develop individual talent in communities

that have not had these opportunities Whether such efforts can scale up

the point that they cumulatively foster a more diverse scientific workforce is

a bigger question whose answer remains to be seenrdquo Hunter et al 2010

chapter 8

Acting on the Research Evidence

ldquoThe aim is to increase the circumstances in which teaching and

research have occasion to meethellip

Increase the skills of staff to teach emphasizing the

construction of knowledge by students rather than the

imparting of knowledge by instructors

Ensure that students experience the process of artistic and

scientific productivity

(Hattie and Marsh 1996)

My Perspectives

bull Student lsquounderstandingrsquo of the complexity of knowledge lies at the centre of

higher education (Ron Barnett)

bull From the level of the academic the student hellip and the institution there are

tensions between teaching and research

bull We need to maximise the (potential) synergies and minimise the conflicts

bull This requires actions at a variety of levels

bull The link at undergraduate level is both most problematic and most important

bull If an institution has special roles eg researcher teacher tutor ndashthen one needs to

manage and ensure these roles are at some point linked to the benefit of students

wider society

bull There are important disciplinary lsquoprofessionalrsquo and institutional variations in

teaching research professional knowledge relations

bull Library and information technology staff can play key roles

bull Practices and policies can be adapted to different disciplinary institutional and

national contexts

Curriculum design as controlling a set of different goals forces

Healey and Jenkins argue hellip

All students in all higher education institutions should experience

learning through and about research and inquiry

We argue as does much recent US experience that such curricular

experience should and can be mainstreamed for all or many

students through a research-active curriculum We argue that

this can be achieved through structured interventions at course

team departmental institutional and national levels

(2009p3) Developing Undergraduate Research and Inquiry York

Higher Education Academy

A lsquoLanguagersquo to Help Us Examine What We Do-see handout pp 6-7

bull Research-led where students learn about research findings the

curriculum content is strongly shaped by faculty research

interestscurrent research in the discipline

bull Research-oriented where students learn about research

processes the curriculum emphasises as much the processes by

which knowledge is produced as learning knowledge that has been

achieved and faculty try to engender a research ethos through

their teaching or

bull Research-based where students learn as researchers the

curriculum is largely designed around inquiry-based activities and

the division of roles between teacher and student is minimised

bull Research tutored where students supported by staff in small

group discuss current research ( papers) in their discipline

Research-tutored

Engaging in research discussions

Research-based

Students undertaking research and inquiry

Research-led

Learning about current research in the discipline

Research-oriented

Developing research inquiry and techniques

STUDENT-FOCUSED

STUDENTS AS PARTICIPANTS

EMPHASIS ON RESEARCH CONTENT

EMPHASIS ON RESEARCH PROCESSES AND PROBLEMS

TEACHER-FOCUSED

STUDENTS AS AUDIENCE

Tasks Using that typologylanguage

Consider the case study of geography at University College London page 17 ( ignore Oxford Brookes)

Donrsquot get lost in is this lsquogoodrsquo or lsquobadrsquo practice Letrsquos see it as lsquointeresting practicersquo

Using the language of the handout pages 6-7 what forms of teaching research links do you see there Research led research orientated research based andor research tutored

A Key Perspective

ldquoTeaching and research are correlated

when they are co-related hellipOne way

to achieve this is to exploit further

the link between teaching and

research in the design of coursesrdquo

(Brew A amp Boud D 1995)

Small Group Task pp 8-33 Consider how whether one or more of the

discipline case studies could be adapted to your context

21 Biosciences Physical Sciences and Medicine pp 7-12

22 Social Sciences pp 12-14

23 Business Law and Tourism pp 14-17

24 Geography and Environmental Studies pp 17-21

25 Archaeology and Earth Sciences pp 21-22

26 Arts Media Architecture and Performing Arts pp 22-24

27 English p p 24-25

27 History p25

28 Education and Philosophy pp 25-27

29 Interdisciplinary pp 27-29

Reporter ndash be ready to state one thing that is important about the relevance

of this case study to lsquoyourrsquo practice policyor worth saying about this

case study hellip

Task Course Design-see Annex 2 p 41

Ensure that students experience the process of

artistic and scientific productivity (Hattie and

Marsh 1996)

Group Reflection

Use the typology to examine lsquoyourrsquo current practice ndash as an

individual or member of a course team

What do you consider you are already doing effectively

What might you wish to strengthen or develop

Reporter to state ndash ONE thing worth saying to everybody here

that comes out of this task is hellip

Provisional planning

On the basis of the session so far

provisionally plan ONE intervention in your

own practicehellip

The central features are

Consider how to better ensure lsquosuccessrsquo

including recognising certain expected

difficulties

Taking this forward in your practiceDecide whom is an A and whom a B

A speaks and B listens 3 mins

What I am provisionally taking forward

into my own practice is hellip

B speaks and A listens hellip2 mins

Some suggestions I have are hellip

Now B speaks and A listens

B speaks and A listens 3 mins

What I am provisionally taking forward

into my own practice is hellip

A speaks and B listens hellip2 mins

Some suggestions I have are hellip

Disciplinary Perspectives

Why Disciplines Might Be Significant Logical Hypotheses

bull Disciplines are academic lsquocommunities of practicersquo

bull The nature ofextent of research in the discipline may varybe significant

bull The nature of the fundingorganisation of research in the discipline may

be significant

bull The nature ofrole of scholarship in the discipline may varybe significant

bull The nature of pedagogy in the discipline may be different

bull The nature of how research is taught in the discipline may be significant

bull The importance of research as taught in the discipline may be significant

bull The nature of the staff and or student culture across the discipline may be

significant

bull The importance of research to future student rolesemployability may be

significant

What is

research

Breaking new ground moving

forward exploration and

discovery

How visible is it Laboratories and machinery (ie

tools) but often behind closed

doors

Where is it

located

Out there at a higher level

Who does it Lecturers

Students experience of learning in a research environment Physics handout p 7

Source Robertson and Blackler (2006)

What is

research

Gathering information in the

world answering a question

How visible is it Most visible in the field

Where is it

located

Out there in the field

Who does it Lecturers and (increasingly over

time) students

Students experience of learning in a research environment Geography handout p 7

Source Robertson and Blackler (2006)

What is

research

Looking into gathering putting

it together a focus of interest

How visible is it Not tangibly visible but apparent

in the dialogue

Where is it

located

In the library in the head

Who does it Lecturers and students

Students experience of learning in a research environment English Handout p 7

Source Robertson and Blackler (2006)

Study of Physics and English faculty in two US institutions

In Physics the links lay in the way that undergraduates and

postgraduates could be involved in (staff) research for

much of the research was team basedthe potential and

actual links lay in the organisation of research and

pedagogy Much of the pedagogy was enquiry-based

In English the connections between research and scholarship

were strong indeed the distinctions between research

and scholarship were hard to drawThe teaching-research

connections lay more in the content of the curriculum

(Colbeck 1998)

Discuss teaching research relationships in your course team department or Faculty

Nexus rdquois a connection usually where multiple

elements meetrdquo Wikipedia

Teaching and research relations in my course

team department are like These analogies my

help

lsquolove and marriagersquo lsquo a horse and carriagersquo or

lsquostrangers in the nightrsquo (Sinatra F)

Departmental Relationships

One Research Study in UK Built Environment

departments (Urban Planning) Brookes

Sheffield Hallam Westminster and

University of West of England

Teaching was organised Research was

organised little was done to bring them

together

QAA Scotland Research Teaching Linkages httpwwwenhancementthemesacukdocumentsResearchTeachingQAA292Overview260509pdf

Areas for development

1048698 While there are wide-ranging innovative examples of practice and policy in all institutions

much of this is implicit and not systematically developed or supported

1048698 While the evidence was strong of effective examples of practice at final-year level(for example some

form of research project) institutions departments and schools need to ensure that

these research attributes are developed systematically through programmes in a

structured manner from year one

1048698 There is a sense that the issues were better understood and supported by staff heavily engaged in

teaching and not really understood or supported by those with a major focus on research

1048698 Attention needs to be given to ensuring that students are aware of and understand the

importance of research-based attributes for their future employability and success

as lifelong learners Course teams need to develop waysthat support students understanding

of these attributes and their belief in how they can aid their future employment and involvement

in civic life ( emphasis added)

Considering two case studies

Consider the case study of geography at University College London page 17 ( ignore Oxford Brookes) and Engineering at Imperial p 32

Donrsquot get lost in is this lsquogoodrsquo or lsquobadrsquo practice Letrsquos see it as lsquointeresting practicersquo

What that those departments done to try to bring together teaching and research

What are the similarities and the differences between their strategies

Group Task Departmental Case Studies pp 29-38

Discuss one or more of the case studies ndashand then agree on one

statement worth making as to its value to your

department(s) Faculty this institution

31 Biosciences Chemistry Medicine and Health Sciences

32 Engineering and Mathematics

33 Arts and Social Sciences

34 Geography Earth and Environmental Sciences

35 Developing research skills and academic practices

36 Re-designing Spaces

Note Annex One Linking Teaching and Research in Departments p 40

Questions and Strategies

bull Curriculum and research-based learning

bull Management organisational structure

and staffing at departmental level

bull Inclusive culture

Isssues of Multi and Interdisciplinarity

Internationally hellipfew students now do a single subject degree

Study of long term impact of a degree at Oxford Polytechnic Oxford Brookes

where students studied two subjects Selected geography students

interviewed 5101520 years after graduation

For many this was first time they had been asked to consider their overall

degree relationships between the two subjects they had studied

Jenkins A Jones L and Ward A ( 2001 ) The long -term effect of a degree on

graduate lives Studies in Higher Education 26(2)149-163

Two lsquosolutionsrsquo

Interdisciplinary seminars

Final Year Capstone Courses

httpwwwheacademyacukprojectsdetailntfs

ntfsproject_Gloucestershire10

Remember ldquoWe need to maximise the (potential) synergies and minimise the conflicts

This requires actions at a variety of levelsrdquo

Annex 1 Linking Teaching and Research in Departments

Questions and Strategies p 40

Annex 2 Strategies for Linking Teaching and Research within

Courses and Programmes p41

Annex 3 Institutional Strategies to Link Teaching and

Research A Framework p42

Annex 4 Possible strategies for national and international

organisations pp42-3

My conclusions

bull Understanding the complexity of knowledge lies at

the centre of what makes HIGHER education distinctive

bull That requires purposeful action at a variety of levels

bull In onersquos own teaching and to an extent at course team and

departmental level one does have some freedom of action And

perhaps you can in part shape your research to link with your

teaching

bull Bringing your teaching and research more effectively together can

help you balance what can be competing demands on your time and

attention

bull These issues will shape your whole careerif you are an early career

academic one needs now to focus on what is in your lsquocontrolrsquo but look

to the future hellip

A Conclusion

A Round One thing I am going to do in my own practice is hellip

One thing I am going to propose to my subject group is hellip

One thing we should do at Department Institutional level is hellip

One thing I want to say is hellip

Page 5: Task! Discussing the University web site… Ensure you all have session handout Discuss with those around you how this university conceives the roles of.

Pedagogic approach and structure

Pedagogic approach guided discussion with mini

presentations lsquoaction planningrsquo

Structure exploring your views role of research in

HE research evidence the disciplinary

dimension case studies at course and

departmental level provisional planning of

interventions

Language in plenary use English hellipbut in groups

speak as you wish

Line-up

To be an effective teacher in HE one

needs to be centrally involved in

discipline based research

Strongly ------------------------------ Strongly

agree disagree

ONE thing that came out of our discussion was hellip

Line Up

lsquoUndergraduate Research is for

ALL undergraduatesrsquo

Strongly ------------------------------ Strongly

Agree Disagree

ONE thing that came out of our discussion was hellip

Line Up

I find it easy to link my roles as a teacher

( at undergraduate level) and as a

researcher

__________________________________

Strongly agree Strongly disagree

About myself

Geography undergraduate University College London

1959-62 and then school teacher training

Secondary school teacher British Columbia 1963-6

Graduate student geography international relations

Madison Wisconsin 1966-9

Geography at Oxford Polytechnic Brookes University

1975- c 1996

Educational Development Oxford Brookes c1996-2006

Independent Consultant 2006hellip

Available from the HE Academy httpwwwheacademyacukrtnexushtm

International Statements on Value Intent

ldquohellip universities should treat learning as not yet

wholly solved problems and hence always in

research moderdquo (Humboldt founder University

of Berlin 1810 quoted by Elton 2005 110)

The New Zealand Education Amendment Act (1990)

defines a university as where ldquoteaching and

research are closely interdependent and most

of their teaching is done by people who are

active in advancing knowledgerdquo

Two recent pronouncements

The research universities have often failed and continue to fail their undergraduate

populations thousands of students graduate without seeing the world - famous

professors or tasting genuine research (U S) Boyer Commission on Educating

Undergraduates in the Research University (1998 3) (emphasis added)

ldquohellip we want all students to access the benefits exposure to teaching informed by

research can bringhellip This will take many forms including pure and applied

research that feeds curriculum development but also research and

development that tackle the challenging questions facing professional business

regional and local employers now and in the future Wersquore doing this because

we believe an understanding of the research process ndash asking the right

questions in the right way conducting experiments and collating and

evaluating information ndash must be a key part of any undergraduate curriculum

whether or not those involved in delivering it are actively engaged in research

activity themselvesrdquo (Bill Rammell UK Minister for Higher Education 2006 3)

( emphasis added)

Research Evidence

Loosely Coupled ldquoBased on this review we concluded that the common belief that

teaching and research were inextricably intertwined is an enduring myth At best

teaching and research are very loosely coupled (Hattie and Marsh 1996)

At Arms length Students at ldquoarms lengthrdquo from the worlds of university research (Brew

2006)

Individual Faculty can experience links and tensions in resolving their teaching and

research roles The context of the department discipline shapes these

relationships (Colbeck 1998)

Policy Separation lsquoheads of departments and other managers of staff time indicated

that on a managerial level it is more convenient for teaching and research

activities to be treated as separate activities On an intellectual level however

academic managers would rather perceive the two to be synergisticrsquo (Coate et al

2001 p 162)

Research evidence on impact of (selective)undergraduate research programmes

ldquoThere is growing evidence that ndash when done well ndash some programs and activities

appear to engage participants at levels that elevates their performance

across multiple engagement and desired outcomes measures such as

persistence hellip They include first-year seminars common intellectual

experiences learning communities service learning undergraduate

research study abroad and other experiences with diversity internships

and capstone courses and projectsrdquo Kuh 2008 14

ldquoCollectively the evidence shows the power of undergraduate research as a tool

for engaging minority students in authentic science in order to overcome

past societal disadvantages and develop individual talent in communities

that have not had these opportunities Whether such efforts can scale up

the point that they cumulatively foster a more diverse scientific workforce is

a bigger question whose answer remains to be seenrdquo Hunter et al 2010

chapter 8

Acting on the Research Evidence

ldquoThe aim is to increase the circumstances in which teaching and

research have occasion to meethellip

Increase the skills of staff to teach emphasizing the

construction of knowledge by students rather than the

imparting of knowledge by instructors

Ensure that students experience the process of artistic and

scientific productivity

(Hattie and Marsh 1996)

My Perspectives

bull Student lsquounderstandingrsquo of the complexity of knowledge lies at the centre of

higher education (Ron Barnett)

bull From the level of the academic the student hellip and the institution there are

tensions between teaching and research

bull We need to maximise the (potential) synergies and minimise the conflicts

bull This requires actions at a variety of levels

bull The link at undergraduate level is both most problematic and most important

bull If an institution has special roles eg researcher teacher tutor ndashthen one needs to

manage and ensure these roles are at some point linked to the benefit of students

wider society

bull There are important disciplinary lsquoprofessionalrsquo and institutional variations in

teaching research professional knowledge relations

bull Library and information technology staff can play key roles

bull Practices and policies can be adapted to different disciplinary institutional and

national contexts

Curriculum design as controlling a set of different goals forces

Healey and Jenkins argue hellip

All students in all higher education institutions should experience

learning through and about research and inquiry

We argue as does much recent US experience that such curricular

experience should and can be mainstreamed for all or many

students through a research-active curriculum We argue that

this can be achieved through structured interventions at course

team departmental institutional and national levels

(2009p3) Developing Undergraduate Research and Inquiry York

Higher Education Academy

A lsquoLanguagersquo to Help Us Examine What We Do-see handout pp 6-7

bull Research-led where students learn about research findings the

curriculum content is strongly shaped by faculty research

interestscurrent research in the discipline

bull Research-oriented where students learn about research

processes the curriculum emphasises as much the processes by

which knowledge is produced as learning knowledge that has been

achieved and faculty try to engender a research ethos through

their teaching or

bull Research-based where students learn as researchers the

curriculum is largely designed around inquiry-based activities and

the division of roles between teacher and student is minimised

bull Research tutored where students supported by staff in small

group discuss current research ( papers) in their discipline

Research-tutored

Engaging in research discussions

Research-based

Students undertaking research and inquiry

Research-led

Learning about current research in the discipline

Research-oriented

Developing research inquiry and techniques

STUDENT-FOCUSED

STUDENTS AS PARTICIPANTS

EMPHASIS ON RESEARCH CONTENT

EMPHASIS ON RESEARCH PROCESSES AND PROBLEMS

TEACHER-FOCUSED

STUDENTS AS AUDIENCE

Tasks Using that typologylanguage

Consider the case study of geography at University College London page 17 ( ignore Oxford Brookes)

Donrsquot get lost in is this lsquogoodrsquo or lsquobadrsquo practice Letrsquos see it as lsquointeresting practicersquo

Using the language of the handout pages 6-7 what forms of teaching research links do you see there Research led research orientated research based andor research tutored

A Key Perspective

ldquoTeaching and research are correlated

when they are co-related hellipOne way

to achieve this is to exploit further

the link between teaching and

research in the design of coursesrdquo

(Brew A amp Boud D 1995)

Small Group Task pp 8-33 Consider how whether one or more of the

discipline case studies could be adapted to your context

21 Biosciences Physical Sciences and Medicine pp 7-12

22 Social Sciences pp 12-14

23 Business Law and Tourism pp 14-17

24 Geography and Environmental Studies pp 17-21

25 Archaeology and Earth Sciences pp 21-22

26 Arts Media Architecture and Performing Arts pp 22-24

27 English p p 24-25

27 History p25

28 Education and Philosophy pp 25-27

29 Interdisciplinary pp 27-29

Reporter ndash be ready to state one thing that is important about the relevance

of this case study to lsquoyourrsquo practice policyor worth saying about this

case study hellip

Task Course Design-see Annex 2 p 41

Ensure that students experience the process of

artistic and scientific productivity (Hattie and

Marsh 1996)

Group Reflection

Use the typology to examine lsquoyourrsquo current practice ndash as an

individual or member of a course team

What do you consider you are already doing effectively

What might you wish to strengthen or develop

Reporter to state ndash ONE thing worth saying to everybody here

that comes out of this task is hellip

Provisional planning

On the basis of the session so far

provisionally plan ONE intervention in your

own practicehellip

The central features are

Consider how to better ensure lsquosuccessrsquo

including recognising certain expected

difficulties

Taking this forward in your practiceDecide whom is an A and whom a B

A speaks and B listens 3 mins

What I am provisionally taking forward

into my own practice is hellip

B speaks and A listens hellip2 mins

Some suggestions I have are hellip

Now B speaks and A listens

B speaks and A listens 3 mins

What I am provisionally taking forward

into my own practice is hellip

A speaks and B listens hellip2 mins

Some suggestions I have are hellip

Disciplinary Perspectives

Why Disciplines Might Be Significant Logical Hypotheses

bull Disciplines are academic lsquocommunities of practicersquo

bull The nature ofextent of research in the discipline may varybe significant

bull The nature of the fundingorganisation of research in the discipline may

be significant

bull The nature ofrole of scholarship in the discipline may varybe significant

bull The nature of pedagogy in the discipline may be different

bull The nature of how research is taught in the discipline may be significant

bull The importance of research as taught in the discipline may be significant

bull The nature of the staff and or student culture across the discipline may be

significant

bull The importance of research to future student rolesemployability may be

significant

What is

research

Breaking new ground moving

forward exploration and

discovery

How visible is it Laboratories and machinery (ie

tools) but often behind closed

doors

Where is it

located

Out there at a higher level

Who does it Lecturers

Students experience of learning in a research environment Physics handout p 7

Source Robertson and Blackler (2006)

What is

research

Gathering information in the

world answering a question

How visible is it Most visible in the field

Where is it

located

Out there in the field

Who does it Lecturers and (increasingly over

time) students

Students experience of learning in a research environment Geography handout p 7

Source Robertson and Blackler (2006)

What is

research

Looking into gathering putting

it together a focus of interest

How visible is it Not tangibly visible but apparent

in the dialogue

Where is it

located

In the library in the head

Who does it Lecturers and students

Students experience of learning in a research environment English Handout p 7

Source Robertson and Blackler (2006)

Study of Physics and English faculty in two US institutions

In Physics the links lay in the way that undergraduates and

postgraduates could be involved in (staff) research for

much of the research was team basedthe potential and

actual links lay in the organisation of research and

pedagogy Much of the pedagogy was enquiry-based

In English the connections between research and scholarship

were strong indeed the distinctions between research

and scholarship were hard to drawThe teaching-research

connections lay more in the content of the curriculum

(Colbeck 1998)

Discuss teaching research relationships in your course team department or Faculty

Nexus rdquois a connection usually where multiple

elements meetrdquo Wikipedia

Teaching and research relations in my course

team department are like These analogies my

help

lsquolove and marriagersquo lsquo a horse and carriagersquo or

lsquostrangers in the nightrsquo (Sinatra F)

Departmental Relationships

One Research Study in UK Built Environment

departments (Urban Planning) Brookes

Sheffield Hallam Westminster and

University of West of England

Teaching was organised Research was

organised little was done to bring them

together

QAA Scotland Research Teaching Linkages httpwwwenhancementthemesacukdocumentsResearchTeachingQAA292Overview260509pdf

Areas for development

1048698 While there are wide-ranging innovative examples of practice and policy in all institutions

much of this is implicit and not systematically developed or supported

1048698 While the evidence was strong of effective examples of practice at final-year level(for example some

form of research project) institutions departments and schools need to ensure that

these research attributes are developed systematically through programmes in a

structured manner from year one

1048698 There is a sense that the issues were better understood and supported by staff heavily engaged in

teaching and not really understood or supported by those with a major focus on research

1048698 Attention needs to be given to ensuring that students are aware of and understand the

importance of research-based attributes for their future employability and success

as lifelong learners Course teams need to develop waysthat support students understanding

of these attributes and their belief in how they can aid their future employment and involvement

in civic life ( emphasis added)

Considering two case studies

Consider the case study of geography at University College London page 17 ( ignore Oxford Brookes) and Engineering at Imperial p 32

Donrsquot get lost in is this lsquogoodrsquo or lsquobadrsquo practice Letrsquos see it as lsquointeresting practicersquo

What that those departments done to try to bring together teaching and research

What are the similarities and the differences between their strategies

Group Task Departmental Case Studies pp 29-38

Discuss one or more of the case studies ndashand then agree on one

statement worth making as to its value to your

department(s) Faculty this institution

31 Biosciences Chemistry Medicine and Health Sciences

32 Engineering and Mathematics

33 Arts and Social Sciences

34 Geography Earth and Environmental Sciences

35 Developing research skills and academic practices

36 Re-designing Spaces

Note Annex One Linking Teaching and Research in Departments p 40

Questions and Strategies

bull Curriculum and research-based learning

bull Management organisational structure

and staffing at departmental level

bull Inclusive culture

Isssues of Multi and Interdisciplinarity

Internationally hellipfew students now do a single subject degree

Study of long term impact of a degree at Oxford Polytechnic Oxford Brookes

where students studied two subjects Selected geography students

interviewed 5101520 years after graduation

For many this was first time they had been asked to consider their overall

degree relationships between the two subjects they had studied

Jenkins A Jones L and Ward A ( 2001 ) The long -term effect of a degree on

graduate lives Studies in Higher Education 26(2)149-163

Two lsquosolutionsrsquo

Interdisciplinary seminars

Final Year Capstone Courses

httpwwwheacademyacukprojectsdetailntfs

ntfsproject_Gloucestershire10

Remember ldquoWe need to maximise the (potential) synergies and minimise the conflicts

This requires actions at a variety of levelsrdquo

Annex 1 Linking Teaching and Research in Departments

Questions and Strategies p 40

Annex 2 Strategies for Linking Teaching and Research within

Courses and Programmes p41

Annex 3 Institutional Strategies to Link Teaching and

Research A Framework p42

Annex 4 Possible strategies for national and international

organisations pp42-3

My conclusions

bull Understanding the complexity of knowledge lies at

the centre of what makes HIGHER education distinctive

bull That requires purposeful action at a variety of levels

bull In onersquos own teaching and to an extent at course team and

departmental level one does have some freedom of action And

perhaps you can in part shape your research to link with your

teaching

bull Bringing your teaching and research more effectively together can

help you balance what can be competing demands on your time and

attention

bull These issues will shape your whole careerif you are an early career

academic one needs now to focus on what is in your lsquocontrolrsquo but look

to the future hellip

A Conclusion

A Round One thing I am going to do in my own practice is hellip

One thing I am going to propose to my subject group is hellip

One thing we should do at Department Institutional level is hellip

One thing I want to say is hellip

Page 6: Task! Discussing the University web site… Ensure you all have session handout Discuss with those around you how this university conceives the roles of.

Line-up

To be an effective teacher in HE one

needs to be centrally involved in

discipline based research

Strongly ------------------------------ Strongly

agree disagree

ONE thing that came out of our discussion was hellip

Line Up

lsquoUndergraduate Research is for

ALL undergraduatesrsquo

Strongly ------------------------------ Strongly

Agree Disagree

ONE thing that came out of our discussion was hellip

Line Up

I find it easy to link my roles as a teacher

( at undergraduate level) and as a

researcher

__________________________________

Strongly agree Strongly disagree

About myself

Geography undergraduate University College London

1959-62 and then school teacher training

Secondary school teacher British Columbia 1963-6

Graduate student geography international relations

Madison Wisconsin 1966-9

Geography at Oxford Polytechnic Brookes University

1975- c 1996

Educational Development Oxford Brookes c1996-2006

Independent Consultant 2006hellip

Available from the HE Academy httpwwwheacademyacukrtnexushtm

International Statements on Value Intent

ldquohellip universities should treat learning as not yet

wholly solved problems and hence always in

research moderdquo (Humboldt founder University

of Berlin 1810 quoted by Elton 2005 110)

The New Zealand Education Amendment Act (1990)

defines a university as where ldquoteaching and

research are closely interdependent and most

of their teaching is done by people who are

active in advancing knowledgerdquo

Two recent pronouncements

The research universities have often failed and continue to fail their undergraduate

populations thousands of students graduate without seeing the world - famous

professors or tasting genuine research (U S) Boyer Commission on Educating

Undergraduates in the Research University (1998 3) (emphasis added)

ldquohellip we want all students to access the benefits exposure to teaching informed by

research can bringhellip This will take many forms including pure and applied

research that feeds curriculum development but also research and

development that tackle the challenging questions facing professional business

regional and local employers now and in the future Wersquore doing this because

we believe an understanding of the research process ndash asking the right

questions in the right way conducting experiments and collating and

evaluating information ndash must be a key part of any undergraduate curriculum

whether or not those involved in delivering it are actively engaged in research

activity themselvesrdquo (Bill Rammell UK Minister for Higher Education 2006 3)

( emphasis added)

Research Evidence

Loosely Coupled ldquoBased on this review we concluded that the common belief that

teaching and research were inextricably intertwined is an enduring myth At best

teaching and research are very loosely coupled (Hattie and Marsh 1996)

At Arms length Students at ldquoarms lengthrdquo from the worlds of university research (Brew

2006)

Individual Faculty can experience links and tensions in resolving their teaching and

research roles The context of the department discipline shapes these

relationships (Colbeck 1998)

Policy Separation lsquoheads of departments and other managers of staff time indicated

that on a managerial level it is more convenient for teaching and research

activities to be treated as separate activities On an intellectual level however

academic managers would rather perceive the two to be synergisticrsquo (Coate et al

2001 p 162)

Research evidence on impact of (selective)undergraduate research programmes

ldquoThere is growing evidence that ndash when done well ndash some programs and activities

appear to engage participants at levels that elevates their performance

across multiple engagement and desired outcomes measures such as

persistence hellip They include first-year seminars common intellectual

experiences learning communities service learning undergraduate

research study abroad and other experiences with diversity internships

and capstone courses and projectsrdquo Kuh 2008 14

ldquoCollectively the evidence shows the power of undergraduate research as a tool

for engaging minority students in authentic science in order to overcome

past societal disadvantages and develop individual talent in communities

that have not had these opportunities Whether such efforts can scale up

the point that they cumulatively foster a more diverse scientific workforce is

a bigger question whose answer remains to be seenrdquo Hunter et al 2010

chapter 8

Acting on the Research Evidence

ldquoThe aim is to increase the circumstances in which teaching and

research have occasion to meethellip

Increase the skills of staff to teach emphasizing the

construction of knowledge by students rather than the

imparting of knowledge by instructors

Ensure that students experience the process of artistic and

scientific productivity

(Hattie and Marsh 1996)

My Perspectives

bull Student lsquounderstandingrsquo of the complexity of knowledge lies at the centre of

higher education (Ron Barnett)

bull From the level of the academic the student hellip and the institution there are

tensions between teaching and research

bull We need to maximise the (potential) synergies and minimise the conflicts

bull This requires actions at a variety of levels

bull The link at undergraduate level is both most problematic and most important

bull If an institution has special roles eg researcher teacher tutor ndashthen one needs to

manage and ensure these roles are at some point linked to the benefit of students

wider society

bull There are important disciplinary lsquoprofessionalrsquo and institutional variations in

teaching research professional knowledge relations

bull Library and information technology staff can play key roles

bull Practices and policies can be adapted to different disciplinary institutional and

national contexts

Curriculum design as controlling a set of different goals forces

Healey and Jenkins argue hellip

All students in all higher education institutions should experience

learning through and about research and inquiry

We argue as does much recent US experience that such curricular

experience should and can be mainstreamed for all or many

students through a research-active curriculum We argue that

this can be achieved through structured interventions at course

team departmental institutional and national levels

(2009p3) Developing Undergraduate Research and Inquiry York

Higher Education Academy

A lsquoLanguagersquo to Help Us Examine What We Do-see handout pp 6-7

bull Research-led where students learn about research findings the

curriculum content is strongly shaped by faculty research

interestscurrent research in the discipline

bull Research-oriented where students learn about research

processes the curriculum emphasises as much the processes by

which knowledge is produced as learning knowledge that has been

achieved and faculty try to engender a research ethos through

their teaching or

bull Research-based where students learn as researchers the

curriculum is largely designed around inquiry-based activities and

the division of roles between teacher and student is minimised

bull Research tutored where students supported by staff in small

group discuss current research ( papers) in their discipline

Research-tutored

Engaging in research discussions

Research-based

Students undertaking research and inquiry

Research-led

Learning about current research in the discipline

Research-oriented

Developing research inquiry and techniques

STUDENT-FOCUSED

STUDENTS AS PARTICIPANTS

EMPHASIS ON RESEARCH CONTENT

EMPHASIS ON RESEARCH PROCESSES AND PROBLEMS

TEACHER-FOCUSED

STUDENTS AS AUDIENCE

Tasks Using that typologylanguage

Consider the case study of geography at University College London page 17 ( ignore Oxford Brookes)

Donrsquot get lost in is this lsquogoodrsquo or lsquobadrsquo practice Letrsquos see it as lsquointeresting practicersquo

Using the language of the handout pages 6-7 what forms of teaching research links do you see there Research led research orientated research based andor research tutored

A Key Perspective

ldquoTeaching and research are correlated

when they are co-related hellipOne way

to achieve this is to exploit further

the link between teaching and

research in the design of coursesrdquo

(Brew A amp Boud D 1995)

Small Group Task pp 8-33 Consider how whether one or more of the

discipline case studies could be adapted to your context

21 Biosciences Physical Sciences and Medicine pp 7-12

22 Social Sciences pp 12-14

23 Business Law and Tourism pp 14-17

24 Geography and Environmental Studies pp 17-21

25 Archaeology and Earth Sciences pp 21-22

26 Arts Media Architecture and Performing Arts pp 22-24

27 English p p 24-25

27 History p25

28 Education and Philosophy pp 25-27

29 Interdisciplinary pp 27-29

Reporter ndash be ready to state one thing that is important about the relevance

of this case study to lsquoyourrsquo practice policyor worth saying about this

case study hellip

Task Course Design-see Annex 2 p 41

Ensure that students experience the process of

artistic and scientific productivity (Hattie and

Marsh 1996)

Group Reflection

Use the typology to examine lsquoyourrsquo current practice ndash as an

individual or member of a course team

What do you consider you are already doing effectively

What might you wish to strengthen or develop

Reporter to state ndash ONE thing worth saying to everybody here

that comes out of this task is hellip

Provisional planning

On the basis of the session so far

provisionally plan ONE intervention in your

own practicehellip

The central features are

Consider how to better ensure lsquosuccessrsquo

including recognising certain expected

difficulties

Taking this forward in your practiceDecide whom is an A and whom a B

A speaks and B listens 3 mins

What I am provisionally taking forward

into my own practice is hellip

B speaks and A listens hellip2 mins

Some suggestions I have are hellip

Now B speaks and A listens

B speaks and A listens 3 mins

What I am provisionally taking forward

into my own practice is hellip

A speaks and B listens hellip2 mins

Some suggestions I have are hellip

Disciplinary Perspectives

Why Disciplines Might Be Significant Logical Hypotheses

bull Disciplines are academic lsquocommunities of practicersquo

bull The nature ofextent of research in the discipline may varybe significant

bull The nature of the fundingorganisation of research in the discipline may

be significant

bull The nature ofrole of scholarship in the discipline may varybe significant

bull The nature of pedagogy in the discipline may be different

bull The nature of how research is taught in the discipline may be significant

bull The importance of research as taught in the discipline may be significant

bull The nature of the staff and or student culture across the discipline may be

significant

bull The importance of research to future student rolesemployability may be

significant

What is

research

Breaking new ground moving

forward exploration and

discovery

How visible is it Laboratories and machinery (ie

tools) but often behind closed

doors

Where is it

located

Out there at a higher level

Who does it Lecturers

Students experience of learning in a research environment Physics handout p 7

Source Robertson and Blackler (2006)

What is

research

Gathering information in the

world answering a question

How visible is it Most visible in the field

Where is it

located

Out there in the field

Who does it Lecturers and (increasingly over

time) students

Students experience of learning in a research environment Geography handout p 7

Source Robertson and Blackler (2006)

What is

research

Looking into gathering putting

it together a focus of interest

How visible is it Not tangibly visible but apparent

in the dialogue

Where is it

located

In the library in the head

Who does it Lecturers and students

Students experience of learning in a research environment English Handout p 7

Source Robertson and Blackler (2006)

Study of Physics and English faculty in two US institutions

In Physics the links lay in the way that undergraduates and

postgraduates could be involved in (staff) research for

much of the research was team basedthe potential and

actual links lay in the organisation of research and

pedagogy Much of the pedagogy was enquiry-based

In English the connections between research and scholarship

were strong indeed the distinctions between research

and scholarship were hard to drawThe teaching-research

connections lay more in the content of the curriculum

(Colbeck 1998)

Discuss teaching research relationships in your course team department or Faculty

Nexus rdquois a connection usually where multiple

elements meetrdquo Wikipedia

Teaching and research relations in my course

team department are like These analogies my

help

lsquolove and marriagersquo lsquo a horse and carriagersquo or

lsquostrangers in the nightrsquo (Sinatra F)

Departmental Relationships

One Research Study in UK Built Environment

departments (Urban Planning) Brookes

Sheffield Hallam Westminster and

University of West of England

Teaching was organised Research was

organised little was done to bring them

together

QAA Scotland Research Teaching Linkages httpwwwenhancementthemesacukdocumentsResearchTeachingQAA292Overview260509pdf

Areas for development

1048698 While there are wide-ranging innovative examples of practice and policy in all institutions

much of this is implicit and not systematically developed or supported

1048698 While the evidence was strong of effective examples of practice at final-year level(for example some

form of research project) institutions departments and schools need to ensure that

these research attributes are developed systematically through programmes in a

structured manner from year one

1048698 There is a sense that the issues were better understood and supported by staff heavily engaged in

teaching and not really understood or supported by those with a major focus on research

1048698 Attention needs to be given to ensuring that students are aware of and understand the

importance of research-based attributes for their future employability and success

as lifelong learners Course teams need to develop waysthat support students understanding

of these attributes and their belief in how they can aid their future employment and involvement

in civic life ( emphasis added)

Considering two case studies

Consider the case study of geography at University College London page 17 ( ignore Oxford Brookes) and Engineering at Imperial p 32

Donrsquot get lost in is this lsquogoodrsquo or lsquobadrsquo practice Letrsquos see it as lsquointeresting practicersquo

What that those departments done to try to bring together teaching and research

What are the similarities and the differences between their strategies

Group Task Departmental Case Studies pp 29-38

Discuss one or more of the case studies ndashand then agree on one

statement worth making as to its value to your

department(s) Faculty this institution

31 Biosciences Chemistry Medicine and Health Sciences

32 Engineering and Mathematics

33 Arts and Social Sciences

34 Geography Earth and Environmental Sciences

35 Developing research skills and academic practices

36 Re-designing Spaces

Note Annex One Linking Teaching and Research in Departments p 40

Questions and Strategies

bull Curriculum and research-based learning

bull Management organisational structure

and staffing at departmental level

bull Inclusive culture

Isssues of Multi and Interdisciplinarity

Internationally hellipfew students now do a single subject degree

Study of long term impact of a degree at Oxford Polytechnic Oxford Brookes

where students studied two subjects Selected geography students

interviewed 5101520 years after graduation

For many this was first time they had been asked to consider their overall

degree relationships between the two subjects they had studied

Jenkins A Jones L and Ward A ( 2001 ) The long -term effect of a degree on

graduate lives Studies in Higher Education 26(2)149-163

Two lsquosolutionsrsquo

Interdisciplinary seminars

Final Year Capstone Courses

httpwwwheacademyacukprojectsdetailntfs

ntfsproject_Gloucestershire10

Remember ldquoWe need to maximise the (potential) synergies and minimise the conflicts

This requires actions at a variety of levelsrdquo

Annex 1 Linking Teaching and Research in Departments

Questions and Strategies p 40

Annex 2 Strategies for Linking Teaching and Research within

Courses and Programmes p41

Annex 3 Institutional Strategies to Link Teaching and

Research A Framework p42

Annex 4 Possible strategies for national and international

organisations pp42-3

My conclusions

bull Understanding the complexity of knowledge lies at

the centre of what makes HIGHER education distinctive

bull That requires purposeful action at a variety of levels

bull In onersquos own teaching and to an extent at course team and

departmental level one does have some freedom of action And

perhaps you can in part shape your research to link with your

teaching

bull Bringing your teaching and research more effectively together can

help you balance what can be competing demands on your time and

attention

bull These issues will shape your whole careerif you are an early career

academic one needs now to focus on what is in your lsquocontrolrsquo but look

to the future hellip

A Conclusion

A Round One thing I am going to do in my own practice is hellip

One thing I am going to propose to my subject group is hellip

One thing we should do at Department Institutional level is hellip

One thing I want to say is hellip

Page 7: Task! Discussing the University web site… Ensure you all have session handout Discuss with those around you how this university conceives the roles of.

Line Up

lsquoUndergraduate Research is for

ALL undergraduatesrsquo

Strongly ------------------------------ Strongly

Agree Disagree

ONE thing that came out of our discussion was hellip

Line Up

I find it easy to link my roles as a teacher

( at undergraduate level) and as a

researcher

__________________________________

Strongly agree Strongly disagree

About myself

Geography undergraduate University College London

1959-62 and then school teacher training

Secondary school teacher British Columbia 1963-6

Graduate student geography international relations

Madison Wisconsin 1966-9

Geography at Oxford Polytechnic Brookes University

1975- c 1996

Educational Development Oxford Brookes c1996-2006

Independent Consultant 2006hellip

Available from the HE Academy httpwwwheacademyacukrtnexushtm

International Statements on Value Intent

ldquohellip universities should treat learning as not yet

wholly solved problems and hence always in

research moderdquo (Humboldt founder University

of Berlin 1810 quoted by Elton 2005 110)

The New Zealand Education Amendment Act (1990)

defines a university as where ldquoteaching and

research are closely interdependent and most

of their teaching is done by people who are

active in advancing knowledgerdquo

Two recent pronouncements

The research universities have often failed and continue to fail their undergraduate

populations thousands of students graduate without seeing the world - famous

professors or tasting genuine research (U S) Boyer Commission on Educating

Undergraduates in the Research University (1998 3) (emphasis added)

ldquohellip we want all students to access the benefits exposure to teaching informed by

research can bringhellip This will take many forms including pure and applied

research that feeds curriculum development but also research and

development that tackle the challenging questions facing professional business

regional and local employers now and in the future Wersquore doing this because

we believe an understanding of the research process ndash asking the right

questions in the right way conducting experiments and collating and

evaluating information ndash must be a key part of any undergraduate curriculum

whether or not those involved in delivering it are actively engaged in research

activity themselvesrdquo (Bill Rammell UK Minister for Higher Education 2006 3)

( emphasis added)

Research Evidence

Loosely Coupled ldquoBased on this review we concluded that the common belief that

teaching and research were inextricably intertwined is an enduring myth At best

teaching and research are very loosely coupled (Hattie and Marsh 1996)

At Arms length Students at ldquoarms lengthrdquo from the worlds of university research (Brew

2006)

Individual Faculty can experience links and tensions in resolving their teaching and

research roles The context of the department discipline shapes these

relationships (Colbeck 1998)

Policy Separation lsquoheads of departments and other managers of staff time indicated

that on a managerial level it is more convenient for teaching and research

activities to be treated as separate activities On an intellectual level however

academic managers would rather perceive the two to be synergisticrsquo (Coate et al

2001 p 162)

Research evidence on impact of (selective)undergraduate research programmes

ldquoThere is growing evidence that ndash when done well ndash some programs and activities

appear to engage participants at levels that elevates their performance

across multiple engagement and desired outcomes measures such as

persistence hellip They include first-year seminars common intellectual

experiences learning communities service learning undergraduate

research study abroad and other experiences with diversity internships

and capstone courses and projectsrdquo Kuh 2008 14

ldquoCollectively the evidence shows the power of undergraduate research as a tool

for engaging minority students in authentic science in order to overcome

past societal disadvantages and develop individual talent in communities

that have not had these opportunities Whether such efforts can scale up

the point that they cumulatively foster a more diverse scientific workforce is

a bigger question whose answer remains to be seenrdquo Hunter et al 2010

chapter 8

Acting on the Research Evidence

ldquoThe aim is to increase the circumstances in which teaching and

research have occasion to meethellip

Increase the skills of staff to teach emphasizing the

construction of knowledge by students rather than the

imparting of knowledge by instructors

Ensure that students experience the process of artistic and

scientific productivity

(Hattie and Marsh 1996)

My Perspectives

bull Student lsquounderstandingrsquo of the complexity of knowledge lies at the centre of

higher education (Ron Barnett)

bull From the level of the academic the student hellip and the institution there are

tensions between teaching and research

bull We need to maximise the (potential) synergies and minimise the conflicts

bull This requires actions at a variety of levels

bull The link at undergraduate level is both most problematic and most important

bull If an institution has special roles eg researcher teacher tutor ndashthen one needs to

manage and ensure these roles are at some point linked to the benefit of students

wider society

bull There are important disciplinary lsquoprofessionalrsquo and institutional variations in

teaching research professional knowledge relations

bull Library and information technology staff can play key roles

bull Practices and policies can be adapted to different disciplinary institutional and

national contexts

Curriculum design as controlling a set of different goals forces

Healey and Jenkins argue hellip

All students in all higher education institutions should experience

learning through and about research and inquiry

We argue as does much recent US experience that such curricular

experience should and can be mainstreamed for all or many

students through a research-active curriculum We argue that

this can be achieved through structured interventions at course

team departmental institutional and national levels

(2009p3) Developing Undergraduate Research and Inquiry York

Higher Education Academy

A lsquoLanguagersquo to Help Us Examine What We Do-see handout pp 6-7

bull Research-led where students learn about research findings the

curriculum content is strongly shaped by faculty research

interestscurrent research in the discipline

bull Research-oriented where students learn about research

processes the curriculum emphasises as much the processes by

which knowledge is produced as learning knowledge that has been

achieved and faculty try to engender a research ethos through

their teaching or

bull Research-based where students learn as researchers the

curriculum is largely designed around inquiry-based activities and

the division of roles between teacher and student is minimised

bull Research tutored where students supported by staff in small

group discuss current research ( papers) in their discipline

Research-tutored

Engaging in research discussions

Research-based

Students undertaking research and inquiry

Research-led

Learning about current research in the discipline

Research-oriented

Developing research inquiry and techniques

STUDENT-FOCUSED

STUDENTS AS PARTICIPANTS

EMPHASIS ON RESEARCH CONTENT

EMPHASIS ON RESEARCH PROCESSES AND PROBLEMS

TEACHER-FOCUSED

STUDENTS AS AUDIENCE

Tasks Using that typologylanguage

Consider the case study of geography at University College London page 17 ( ignore Oxford Brookes)

Donrsquot get lost in is this lsquogoodrsquo or lsquobadrsquo practice Letrsquos see it as lsquointeresting practicersquo

Using the language of the handout pages 6-7 what forms of teaching research links do you see there Research led research orientated research based andor research tutored

A Key Perspective

ldquoTeaching and research are correlated

when they are co-related hellipOne way

to achieve this is to exploit further

the link between teaching and

research in the design of coursesrdquo

(Brew A amp Boud D 1995)

Small Group Task pp 8-33 Consider how whether one or more of the

discipline case studies could be adapted to your context

21 Biosciences Physical Sciences and Medicine pp 7-12

22 Social Sciences pp 12-14

23 Business Law and Tourism pp 14-17

24 Geography and Environmental Studies pp 17-21

25 Archaeology and Earth Sciences pp 21-22

26 Arts Media Architecture and Performing Arts pp 22-24

27 English p p 24-25

27 History p25

28 Education and Philosophy pp 25-27

29 Interdisciplinary pp 27-29

Reporter ndash be ready to state one thing that is important about the relevance

of this case study to lsquoyourrsquo practice policyor worth saying about this

case study hellip

Task Course Design-see Annex 2 p 41

Ensure that students experience the process of

artistic and scientific productivity (Hattie and

Marsh 1996)

Group Reflection

Use the typology to examine lsquoyourrsquo current practice ndash as an

individual or member of a course team

What do you consider you are already doing effectively

What might you wish to strengthen or develop

Reporter to state ndash ONE thing worth saying to everybody here

that comes out of this task is hellip

Provisional planning

On the basis of the session so far

provisionally plan ONE intervention in your

own practicehellip

The central features are

Consider how to better ensure lsquosuccessrsquo

including recognising certain expected

difficulties

Taking this forward in your practiceDecide whom is an A and whom a B

A speaks and B listens 3 mins

What I am provisionally taking forward

into my own practice is hellip

B speaks and A listens hellip2 mins

Some suggestions I have are hellip

Now B speaks and A listens

B speaks and A listens 3 mins

What I am provisionally taking forward

into my own practice is hellip

A speaks and B listens hellip2 mins

Some suggestions I have are hellip

Disciplinary Perspectives

Why Disciplines Might Be Significant Logical Hypotheses

bull Disciplines are academic lsquocommunities of practicersquo

bull The nature ofextent of research in the discipline may varybe significant

bull The nature of the fundingorganisation of research in the discipline may

be significant

bull The nature ofrole of scholarship in the discipline may varybe significant

bull The nature of pedagogy in the discipline may be different

bull The nature of how research is taught in the discipline may be significant

bull The importance of research as taught in the discipline may be significant

bull The nature of the staff and or student culture across the discipline may be

significant

bull The importance of research to future student rolesemployability may be

significant

What is

research

Breaking new ground moving

forward exploration and

discovery

How visible is it Laboratories and machinery (ie

tools) but often behind closed

doors

Where is it

located

Out there at a higher level

Who does it Lecturers

Students experience of learning in a research environment Physics handout p 7

Source Robertson and Blackler (2006)

What is

research

Gathering information in the

world answering a question

How visible is it Most visible in the field

Where is it

located

Out there in the field

Who does it Lecturers and (increasingly over

time) students

Students experience of learning in a research environment Geography handout p 7

Source Robertson and Blackler (2006)

What is

research

Looking into gathering putting

it together a focus of interest

How visible is it Not tangibly visible but apparent

in the dialogue

Where is it

located

In the library in the head

Who does it Lecturers and students

Students experience of learning in a research environment English Handout p 7

Source Robertson and Blackler (2006)

Study of Physics and English faculty in two US institutions

In Physics the links lay in the way that undergraduates and

postgraduates could be involved in (staff) research for

much of the research was team basedthe potential and

actual links lay in the organisation of research and

pedagogy Much of the pedagogy was enquiry-based

In English the connections between research and scholarship

were strong indeed the distinctions between research

and scholarship were hard to drawThe teaching-research

connections lay more in the content of the curriculum

(Colbeck 1998)

Discuss teaching research relationships in your course team department or Faculty

Nexus rdquois a connection usually where multiple

elements meetrdquo Wikipedia

Teaching and research relations in my course

team department are like These analogies my

help

lsquolove and marriagersquo lsquo a horse and carriagersquo or

lsquostrangers in the nightrsquo (Sinatra F)

Departmental Relationships

One Research Study in UK Built Environment

departments (Urban Planning) Brookes

Sheffield Hallam Westminster and

University of West of England

Teaching was organised Research was

organised little was done to bring them

together

QAA Scotland Research Teaching Linkages httpwwwenhancementthemesacukdocumentsResearchTeachingQAA292Overview260509pdf

Areas for development

1048698 While there are wide-ranging innovative examples of practice and policy in all institutions

much of this is implicit and not systematically developed or supported

1048698 While the evidence was strong of effective examples of practice at final-year level(for example some

form of research project) institutions departments and schools need to ensure that

these research attributes are developed systematically through programmes in a

structured manner from year one

1048698 There is a sense that the issues were better understood and supported by staff heavily engaged in

teaching and not really understood or supported by those with a major focus on research

1048698 Attention needs to be given to ensuring that students are aware of and understand the

importance of research-based attributes for their future employability and success

as lifelong learners Course teams need to develop waysthat support students understanding

of these attributes and their belief in how they can aid their future employment and involvement

in civic life ( emphasis added)

Considering two case studies

Consider the case study of geography at University College London page 17 ( ignore Oxford Brookes) and Engineering at Imperial p 32

Donrsquot get lost in is this lsquogoodrsquo or lsquobadrsquo practice Letrsquos see it as lsquointeresting practicersquo

What that those departments done to try to bring together teaching and research

What are the similarities and the differences between their strategies

Group Task Departmental Case Studies pp 29-38

Discuss one or more of the case studies ndashand then agree on one

statement worth making as to its value to your

department(s) Faculty this institution

31 Biosciences Chemistry Medicine and Health Sciences

32 Engineering and Mathematics

33 Arts and Social Sciences

34 Geography Earth and Environmental Sciences

35 Developing research skills and academic practices

36 Re-designing Spaces

Note Annex One Linking Teaching and Research in Departments p 40

Questions and Strategies

bull Curriculum and research-based learning

bull Management organisational structure

and staffing at departmental level

bull Inclusive culture

Isssues of Multi and Interdisciplinarity

Internationally hellipfew students now do a single subject degree

Study of long term impact of a degree at Oxford Polytechnic Oxford Brookes

where students studied two subjects Selected geography students

interviewed 5101520 years after graduation

For many this was first time they had been asked to consider their overall

degree relationships between the two subjects they had studied

Jenkins A Jones L and Ward A ( 2001 ) The long -term effect of a degree on

graduate lives Studies in Higher Education 26(2)149-163

Two lsquosolutionsrsquo

Interdisciplinary seminars

Final Year Capstone Courses

httpwwwheacademyacukprojectsdetailntfs

ntfsproject_Gloucestershire10

Remember ldquoWe need to maximise the (potential) synergies and minimise the conflicts

This requires actions at a variety of levelsrdquo

Annex 1 Linking Teaching and Research in Departments

Questions and Strategies p 40

Annex 2 Strategies for Linking Teaching and Research within

Courses and Programmes p41

Annex 3 Institutional Strategies to Link Teaching and

Research A Framework p42

Annex 4 Possible strategies for national and international

organisations pp42-3

My conclusions

bull Understanding the complexity of knowledge lies at

the centre of what makes HIGHER education distinctive

bull That requires purposeful action at a variety of levels

bull In onersquos own teaching and to an extent at course team and

departmental level one does have some freedom of action And

perhaps you can in part shape your research to link with your

teaching

bull Bringing your teaching and research more effectively together can

help you balance what can be competing demands on your time and

attention

bull These issues will shape your whole careerif you are an early career

academic one needs now to focus on what is in your lsquocontrolrsquo but look

to the future hellip

A Conclusion

A Round One thing I am going to do in my own practice is hellip

One thing I am going to propose to my subject group is hellip

One thing we should do at Department Institutional level is hellip

One thing I want to say is hellip

Page 8: Task! Discussing the University web site… Ensure you all have session handout Discuss with those around you how this university conceives the roles of.

Line Up

I find it easy to link my roles as a teacher

( at undergraduate level) and as a

researcher

__________________________________

Strongly agree Strongly disagree

About myself

Geography undergraduate University College London

1959-62 and then school teacher training

Secondary school teacher British Columbia 1963-6

Graduate student geography international relations

Madison Wisconsin 1966-9

Geography at Oxford Polytechnic Brookes University

1975- c 1996

Educational Development Oxford Brookes c1996-2006

Independent Consultant 2006hellip

Available from the HE Academy httpwwwheacademyacukrtnexushtm

International Statements on Value Intent

ldquohellip universities should treat learning as not yet

wholly solved problems and hence always in

research moderdquo (Humboldt founder University

of Berlin 1810 quoted by Elton 2005 110)

The New Zealand Education Amendment Act (1990)

defines a university as where ldquoteaching and

research are closely interdependent and most

of their teaching is done by people who are

active in advancing knowledgerdquo

Two recent pronouncements

The research universities have often failed and continue to fail their undergraduate

populations thousands of students graduate without seeing the world - famous

professors or tasting genuine research (U S) Boyer Commission on Educating

Undergraduates in the Research University (1998 3) (emphasis added)

ldquohellip we want all students to access the benefits exposure to teaching informed by

research can bringhellip This will take many forms including pure and applied

research that feeds curriculum development but also research and

development that tackle the challenging questions facing professional business

regional and local employers now and in the future Wersquore doing this because

we believe an understanding of the research process ndash asking the right

questions in the right way conducting experiments and collating and

evaluating information ndash must be a key part of any undergraduate curriculum

whether or not those involved in delivering it are actively engaged in research

activity themselvesrdquo (Bill Rammell UK Minister for Higher Education 2006 3)

( emphasis added)

Research Evidence

Loosely Coupled ldquoBased on this review we concluded that the common belief that

teaching and research were inextricably intertwined is an enduring myth At best

teaching and research are very loosely coupled (Hattie and Marsh 1996)

At Arms length Students at ldquoarms lengthrdquo from the worlds of university research (Brew

2006)

Individual Faculty can experience links and tensions in resolving their teaching and

research roles The context of the department discipline shapes these

relationships (Colbeck 1998)

Policy Separation lsquoheads of departments and other managers of staff time indicated

that on a managerial level it is more convenient for teaching and research

activities to be treated as separate activities On an intellectual level however

academic managers would rather perceive the two to be synergisticrsquo (Coate et al

2001 p 162)

Research evidence on impact of (selective)undergraduate research programmes

ldquoThere is growing evidence that ndash when done well ndash some programs and activities

appear to engage participants at levels that elevates their performance

across multiple engagement and desired outcomes measures such as

persistence hellip They include first-year seminars common intellectual

experiences learning communities service learning undergraduate

research study abroad and other experiences with diversity internships

and capstone courses and projectsrdquo Kuh 2008 14

ldquoCollectively the evidence shows the power of undergraduate research as a tool

for engaging minority students in authentic science in order to overcome

past societal disadvantages and develop individual talent in communities

that have not had these opportunities Whether such efforts can scale up

the point that they cumulatively foster a more diverse scientific workforce is

a bigger question whose answer remains to be seenrdquo Hunter et al 2010

chapter 8

Acting on the Research Evidence

ldquoThe aim is to increase the circumstances in which teaching and

research have occasion to meethellip

Increase the skills of staff to teach emphasizing the

construction of knowledge by students rather than the

imparting of knowledge by instructors

Ensure that students experience the process of artistic and

scientific productivity

(Hattie and Marsh 1996)

My Perspectives

bull Student lsquounderstandingrsquo of the complexity of knowledge lies at the centre of

higher education (Ron Barnett)

bull From the level of the academic the student hellip and the institution there are

tensions between teaching and research

bull We need to maximise the (potential) synergies and minimise the conflicts

bull This requires actions at a variety of levels

bull The link at undergraduate level is both most problematic and most important

bull If an institution has special roles eg researcher teacher tutor ndashthen one needs to

manage and ensure these roles are at some point linked to the benefit of students

wider society

bull There are important disciplinary lsquoprofessionalrsquo and institutional variations in

teaching research professional knowledge relations

bull Library and information technology staff can play key roles

bull Practices and policies can be adapted to different disciplinary institutional and

national contexts

Curriculum design as controlling a set of different goals forces

Healey and Jenkins argue hellip

All students in all higher education institutions should experience

learning through and about research and inquiry

We argue as does much recent US experience that such curricular

experience should and can be mainstreamed for all or many

students through a research-active curriculum We argue that

this can be achieved through structured interventions at course

team departmental institutional and national levels

(2009p3) Developing Undergraduate Research and Inquiry York

Higher Education Academy

A lsquoLanguagersquo to Help Us Examine What We Do-see handout pp 6-7

bull Research-led where students learn about research findings the

curriculum content is strongly shaped by faculty research

interestscurrent research in the discipline

bull Research-oriented where students learn about research

processes the curriculum emphasises as much the processes by

which knowledge is produced as learning knowledge that has been

achieved and faculty try to engender a research ethos through

their teaching or

bull Research-based where students learn as researchers the

curriculum is largely designed around inquiry-based activities and

the division of roles between teacher and student is minimised

bull Research tutored where students supported by staff in small

group discuss current research ( papers) in their discipline

Research-tutored

Engaging in research discussions

Research-based

Students undertaking research and inquiry

Research-led

Learning about current research in the discipline

Research-oriented

Developing research inquiry and techniques

STUDENT-FOCUSED

STUDENTS AS PARTICIPANTS

EMPHASIS ON RESEARCH CONTENT

EMPHASIS ON RESEARCH PROCESSES AND PROBLEMS

TEACHER-FOCUSED

STUDENTS AS AUDIENCE

Tasks Using that typologylanguage

Consider the case study of geography at University College London page 17 ( ignore Oxford Brookes)

Donrsquot get lost in is this lsquogoodrsquo or lsquobadrsquo practice Letrsquos see it as lsquointeresting practicersquo

Using the language of the handout pages 6-7 what forms of teaching research links do you see there Research led research orientated research based andor research tutored

A Key Perspective

ldquoTeaching and research are correlated

when they are co-related hellipOne way

to achieve this is to exploit further

the link between teaching and

research in the design of coursesrdquo

(Brew A amp Boud D 1995)

Small Group Task pp 8-33 Consider how whether one or more of the

discipline case studies could be adapted to your context

21 Biosciences Physical Sciences and Medicine pp 7-12

22 Social Sciences pp 12-14

23 Business Law and Tourism pp 14-17

24 Geography and Environmental Studies pp 17-21

25 Archaeology and Earth Sciences pp 21-22

26 Arts Media Architecture and Performing Arts pp 22-24

27 English p p 24-25

27 History p25

28 Education and Philosophy pp 25-27

29 Interdisciplinary pp 27-29

Reporter ndash be ready to state one thing that is important about the relevance

of this case study to lsquoyourrsquo practice policyor worth saying about this

case study hellip

Task Course Design-see Annex 2 p 41

Ensure that students experience the process of

artistic and scientific productivity (Hattie and

Marsh 1996)

Group Reflection

Use the typology to examine lsquoyourrsquo current practice ndash as an

individual or member of a course team

What do you consider you are already doing effectively

What might you wish to strengthen or develop

Reporter to state ndash ONE thing worth saying to everybody here

that comes out of this task is hellip

Provisional planning

On the basis of the session so far

provisionally plan ONE intervention in your

own practicehellip

The central features are

Consider how to better ensure lsquosuccessrsquo

including recognising certain expected

difficulties

Taking this forward in your practiceDecide whom is an A and whom a B

A speaks and B listens 3 mins

What I am provisionally taking forward

into my own practice is hellip

B speaks and A listens hellip2 mins

Some suggestions I have are hellip

Now B speaks and A listens

B speaks and A listens 3 mins

What I am provisionally taking forward

into my own practice is hellip

A speaks and B listens hellip2 mins

Some suggestions I have are hellip

Disciplinary Perspectives

Why Disciplines Might Be Significant Logical Hypotheses

bull Disciplines are academic lsquocommunities of practicersquo

bull The nature ofextent of research in the discipline may varybe significant

bull The nature of the fundingorganisation of research in the discipline may

be significant

bull The nature ofrole of scholarship in the discipline may varybe significant

bull The nature of pedagogy in the discipline may be different

bull The nature of how research is taught in the discipline may be significant

bull The importance of research as taught in the discipline may be significant

bull The nature of the staff and or student culture across the discipline may be

significant

bull The importance of research to future student rolesemployability may be

significant

What is

research

Breaking new ground moving

forward exploration and

discovery

How visible is it Laboratories and machinery (ie

tools) but often behind closed

doors

Where is it

located

Out there at a higher level

Who does it Lecturers

Students experience of learning in a research environment Physics handout p 7

Source Robertson and Blackler (2006)

What is

research

Gathering information in the

world answering a question

How visible is it Most visible in the field

Where is it

located

Out there in the field

Who does it Lecturers and (increasingly over

time) students

Students experience of learning in a research environment Geography handout p 7

Source Robertson and Blackler (2006)

What is

research

Looking into gathering putting

it together a focus of interest

How visible is it Not tangibly visible but apparent

in the dialogue

Where is it

located

In the library in the head

Who does it Lecturers and students

Students experience of learning in a research environment English Handout p 7

Source Robertson and Blackler (2006)

Study of Physics and English faculty in two US institutions

In Physics the links lay in the way that undergraduates and

postgraduates could be involved in (staff) research for

much of the research was team basedthe potential and

actual links lay in the organisation of research and

pedagogy Much of the pedagogy was enquiry-based

In English the connections between research and scholarship

were strong indeed the distinctions between research

and scholarship were hard to drawThe teaching-research

connections lay more in the content of the curriculum

(Colbeck 1998)

Discuss teaching research relationships in your course team department or Faculty

Nexus rdquois a connection usually where multiple

elements meetrdquo Wikipedia

Teaching and research relations in my course

team department are like These analogies my

help

lsquolove and marriagersquo lsquo a horse and carriagersquo or

lsquostrangers in the nightrsquo (Sinatra F)

Departmental Relationships

One Research Study in UK Built Environment

departments (Urban Planning) Brookes

Sheffield Hallam Westminster and

University of West of England

Teaching was organised Research was

organised little was done to bring them

together

QAA Scotland Research Teaching Linkages httpwwwenhancementthemesacukdocumentsResearchTeachingQAA292Overview260509pdf

Areas for development

1048698 While there are wide-ranging innovative examples of practice and policy in all institutions

much of this is implicit and not systematically developed or supported

1048698 While the evidence was strong of effective examples of practice at final-year level(for example some

form of research project) institutions departments and schools need to ensure that

these research attributes are developed systematically through programmes in a

structured manner from year one

1048698 There is a sense that the issues were better understood and supported by staff heavily engaged in

teaching and not really understood or supported by those with a major focus on research

1048698 Attention needs to be given to ensuring that students are aware of and understand the

importance of research-based attributes for their future employability and success

as lifelong learners Course teams need to develop waysthat support students understanding

of these attributes and their belief in how they can aid their future employment and involvement

in civic life ( emphasis added)

Considering two case studies

Consider the case study of geography at University College London page 17 ( ignore Oxford Brookes) and Engineering at Imperial p 32

Donrsquot get lost in is this lsquogoodrsquo or lsquobadrsquo practice Letrsquos see it as lsquointeresting practicersquo

What that those departments done to try to bring together teaching and research

What are the similarities and the differences between their strategies

Group Task Departmental Case Studies pp 29-38

Discuss one or more of the case studies ndashand then agree on one

statement worth making as to its value to your

department(s) Faculty this institution

31 Biosciences Chemistry Medicine and Health Sciences

32 Engineering and Mathematics

33 Arts and Social Sciences

34 Geography Earth and Environmental Sciences

35 Developing research skills and academic practices

36 Re-designing Spaces

Note Annex One Linking Teaching and Research in Departments p 40

Questions and Strategies

bull Curriculum and research-based learning

bull Management organisational structure

and staffing at departmental level

bull Inclusive culture

Isssues of Multi and Interdisciplinarity

Internationally hellipfew students now do a single subject degree

Study of long term impact of a degree at Oxford Polytechnic Oxford Brookes

where students studied two subjects Selected geography students

interviewed 5101520 years after graduation

For many this was first time they had been asked to consider their overall

degree relationships between the two subjects they had studied

Jenkins A Jones L and Ward A ( 2001 ) The long -term effect of a degree on

graduate lives Studies in Higher Education 26(2)149-163

Two lsquosolutionsrsquo

Interdisciplinary seminars

Final Year Capstone Courses

httpwwwheacademyacukprojectsdetailntfs

ntfsproject_Gloucestershire10

Remember ldquoWe need to maximise the (potential) synergies and minimise the conflicts

This requires actions at a variety of levelsrdquo

Annex 1 Linking Teaching and Research in Departments

Questions and Strategies p 40

Annex 2 Strategies for Linking Teaching and Research within

Courses and Programmes p41

Annex 3 Institutional Strategies to Link Teaching and

Research A Framework p42

Annex 4 Possible strategies for national and international

organisations pp42-3

My conclusions

bull Understanding the complexity of knowledge lies at

the centre of what makes HIGHER education distinctive

bull That requires purposeful action at a variety of levels

bull In onersquos own teaching and to an extent at course team and

departmental level one does have some freedom of action And

perhaps you can in part shape your research to link with your

teaching

bull Bringing your teaching and research more effectively together can

help you balance what can be competing demands on your time and

attention

bull These issues will shape your whole careerif you are an early career

academic one needs now to focus on what is in your lsquocontrolrsquo but look

to the future hellip

A Conclusion

A Round One thing I am going to do in my own practice is hellip

One thing I am going to propose to my subject group is hellip

One thing we should do at Department Institutional level is hellip

One thing I want to say is hellip

Page 9: Task! Discussing the University web site… Ensure you all have session handout Discuss with those around you how this university conceives the roles of.

About myself

Geography undergraduate University College London

1959-62 and then school teacher training

Secondary school teacher British Columbia 1963-6

Graduate student geography international relations

Madison Wisconsin 1966-9

Geography at Oxford Polytechnic Brookes University

1975- c 1996

Educational Development Oxford Brookes c1996-2006

Independent Consultant 2006hellip

Available from the HE Academy httpwwwheacademyacukrtnexushtm

International Statements on Value Intent

ldquohellip universities should treat learning as not yet

wholly solved problems and hence always in

research moderdquo (Humboldt founder University

of Berlin 1810 quoted by Elton 2005 110)

The New Zealand Education Amendment Act (1990)

defines a university as where ldquoteaching and

research are closely interdependent and most

of their teaching is done by people who are

active in advancing knowledgerdquo

Two recent pronouncements

The research universities have often failed and continue to fail their undergraduate

populations thousands of students graduate without seeing the world - famous

professors or tasting genuine research (U S) Boyer Commission on Educating

Undergraduates in the Research University (1998 3) (emphasis added)

ldquohellip we want all students to access the benefits exposure to teaching informed by

research can bringhellip This will take many forms including pure and applied

research that feeds curriculum development but also research and

development that tackle the challenging questions facing professional business

regional and local employers now and in the future Wersquore doing this because

we believe an understanding of the research process ndash asking the right

questions in the right way conducting experiments and collating and

evaluating information ndash must be a key part of any undergraduate curriculum

whether or not those involved in delivering it are actively engaged in research

activity themselvesrdquo (Bill Rammell UK Minister for Higher Education 2006 3)

( emphasis added)

Research Evidence

Loosely Coupled ldquoBased on this review we concluded that the common belief that

teaching and research were inextricably intertwined is an enduring myth At best

teaching and research are very loosely coupled (Hattie and Marsh 1996)

At Arms length Students at ldquoarms lengthrdquo from the worlds of university research (Brew

2006)

Individual Faculty can experience links and tensions in resolving their teaching and

research roles The context of the department discipline shapes these

relationships (Colbeck 1998)

Policy Separation lsquoheads of departments and other managers of staff time indicated

that on a managerial level it is more convenient for teaching and research

activities to be treated as separate activities On an intellectual level however

academic managers would rather perceive the two to be synergisticrsquo (Coate et al

2001 p 162)

Research evidence on impact of (selective)undergraduate research programmes

ldquoThere is growing evidence that ndash when done well ndash some programs and activities

appear to engage participants at levels that elevates their performance

across multiple engagement and desired outcomes measures such as

persistence hellip They include first-year seminars common intellectual

experiences learning communities service learning undergraduate

research study abroad and other experiences with diversity internships

and capstone courses and projectsrdquo Kuh 2008 14

ldquoCollectively the evidence shows the power of undergraduate research as a tool

for engaging minority students in authentic science in order to overcome

past societal disadvantages and develop individual talent in communities

that have not had these opportunities Whether such efforts can scale up

the point that they cumulatively foster a more diverse scientific workforce is

a bigger question whose answer remains to be seenrdquo Hunter et al 2010

chapter 8

Acting on the Research Evidence

ldquoThe aim is to increase the circumstances in which teaching and

research have occasion to meethellip

Increase the skills of staff to teach emphasizing the

construction of knowledge by students rather than the

imparting of knowledge by instructors

Ensure that students experience the process of artistic and

scientific productivity

(Hattie and Marsh 1996)

My Perspectives

bull Student lsquounderstandingrsquo of the complexity of knowledge lies at the centre of

higher education (Ron Barnett)

bull From the level of the academic the student hellip and the institution there are

tensions between teaching and research

bull We need to maximise the (potential) synergies and minimise the conflicts

bull This requires actions at a variety of levels

bull The link at undergraduate level is both most problematic and most important

bull If an institution has special roles eg researcher teacher tutor ndashthen one needs to

manage and ensure these roles are at some point linked to the benefit of students

wider society

bull There are important disciplinary lsquoprofessionalrsquo and institutional variations in

teaching research professional knowledge relations

bull Library and information technology staff can play key roles

bull Practices and policies can be adapted to different disciplinary institutional and

national contexts

Curriculum design as controlling a set of different goals forces

Healey and Jenkins argue hellip

All students in all higher education institutions should experience

learning through and about research and inquiry

We argue as does much recent US experience that such curricular

experience should and can be mainstreamed for all or many

students through a research-active curriculum We argue that

this can be achieved through structured interventions at course

team departmental institutional and national levels

(2009p3) Developing Undergraduate Research and Inquiry York

Higher Education Academy

A lsquoLanguagersquo to Help Us Examine What We Do-see handout pp 6-7

bull Research-led where students learn about research findings the

curriculum content is strongly shaped by faculty research

interestscurrent research in the discipline

bull Research-oriented where students learn about research

processes the curriculum emphasises as much the processes by

which knowledge is produced as learning knowledge that has been

achieved and faculty try to engender a research ethos through

their teaching or

bull Research-based where students learn as researchers the

curriculum is largely designed around inquiry-based activities and

the division of roles between teacher and student is minimised

bull Research tutored where students supported by staff in small

group discuss current research ( papers) in their discipline

Research-tutored

Engaging in research discussions

Research-based

Students undertaking research and inquiry

Research-led

Learning about current research in the discipline

Research-oriented

Developing research inquiry and techniques

STUDENT-FOCUSED

STUDENTS AS PARTICIPANTS

EMPHASIS ON RESEARCH CONTENT

EMPHASIS ON RESEARCH PROCESSES AND PROBLEMS

TEACHER-FOCUSED

STUDENTS AS AUDIENCE

Tasks Using that typologylanguage

Consider the case study of geography at University College London page 17 ( ignore Oxford Brookes)

Donrsquot get lost in is this lsquogoodrsquo or lsquobadrsquo practice Letrsquos see it as lsquointeresting practicersquo

Using the language of the handout pages 6-7 what forms of teaching research links do you see there Research led research orientated research based andor research tutored

A Key Perspective

ldquoTeaching and research are correlated

when they are co-related hellipOne way

to achieve this is to exploit further

the link between teaching and

research in the design of coursesrdquo

(Brew A amp Boud D 1995)

Small Group Task pp 8-33 Consider how whether one or more of the

discipline case studies could be adapted to your context

21 Biosciences Physical Sciences and Medicine pp 7-12

22 Social Sciences pp 12-14

23 Business Law and Tourism pp 14-17

24 Geography and Environmental Studies pp 17-21

25 Archaeology and Earth Sciences pp 21-22

26 Arts Media Architecture and Performing Arts pp 22-24

27 English p p 24-25

27 History p25

28 Education and Philosophy pp 25-27

29 Interdisciplinary pp 27-29

Reporter ndash be ready to state one thing that is important about the relevance

of this case study to lsquoyourrsquo practice policyor worth saying about this

case study hellip

Task Course Design-see Annex 2 p 41

Ensure that students experience the process of

artistic and scientific productivity (Hattie and

Marsh 1996)

Group Reflection

Use the typology to examine lsquoyourrsquo current practice ndash as an

individual or member of a course team

What do you consider you are already doing effectively

What might you wish to strengthen or develop

Reporter to state ndash ONE thing worth saying to everybody here

that comes out of this task is hellip

Provisional planning

On the basis of the session so far

provisionally plan ONE intervention in your

own practicehellip

The central features are

Consider how to better ensure lsquosuccessrsquo

including recognising certain expected

difficulties

Taking this forward in your practiceDecide whom is an A and whom a B

A speaks and B listens 3 mins

What I am provisionally taking forward

into my own practice is hellip

B speaks and A listens hellip2 mins

Some suggestions I have are hellip

Now B speaks and A listens

B speaks and A listens 3 mins

What I am provisionally taking forward

into my own practice is hellip

A speaks and B listens hellip2 mins

Some suggestions I have are hellip

Disciplinary Perspectives

Why Disciplines Might Be Significant Logical Hypotheses

bull Disciplines are academic lsquocommunities of practicersquo

bull The nature ofextent of research in the discipline may varybe significant

bull The nature of the fundingorganisation of research in the discipline may

be significant

bull The nature ofrole of scholarship in the discipline may varybe significant

bull The nature of pedagogy in the discipline may be different

bull The nature of how research is taught in the discipline may be significant

bull The importance of research as taught in the discipline may be significant

bull The nature of the staff and or student culture across the discipline may be

significant

bull The importance of research to future student rolesemployability may be

significant

What is

research

Breaking new ground moving

forward exploration and

discovery

How visible is it Laboratories and machinery (ie

tools) but often behind closed

doors

Where is it

located

Out there at a higher level

Who does it Lecturers

Students experience of learning in a research environment Physics handout p 7

Source Robertson and Blackler (2006)

What is

research

Gathering information in the

world answering a question

How visible is it Most visible in the field

Where is it

located

Out there in the field

Who does it Lecturers and (increasingly over

time) students

Students experience of learning in a research environment Geography handout p 7

Source Robertson and Blackler (2006)

What is

research

Looking into gathering putting

it together a focus of interest

How visible is it Not tangibly visible but apparent

in the dialogue

Where is it

located

In the library in the head

Who does it Lecturers and students

Students experience of learning in a research environment English Handout p 7

Source Robertson and Blackler (2006)

Study of Physics and English faculty in two US institutions

In Physics the links lay in the way that undergraduates and

postgraduates could be involved in (staff) research for

much of the research was team basedthe potential and

actual links lay in the organisation of research and

pedagogy Much of the pedagogy was enquiry-based

In English the connections between research and scholarship

were strong indeed the distinctions between research

and scholarship were hard to drawThe teaching-research

connections lay more in the content of the curriculum

(Colbeck 1998)

Discuss teaching research relationships in your course team department or Faculty

Nexus rdquois a connection usually where multiple

elements meetrdquo Wikipedia

Teaching and research relations in my course

team department are like These analogies my

help

lsquolove and marriagersquo lsquo a horse and carriagersquo or

lsquostrangers in the nightrsquo (Sinatra F)

Departmental Relationships

One Research Study in UK Built Environment

departments (Urban Planning) Brookes

Sheffield Hallam Westminster and

University of West of England

Teaching was organised Research was

organised little was done to bring them

together

QAA Scotland Research Teaching Linkages httpwwwenhancementthemesacukdocumentsResearchTeachingQAA292Overview260509pdf

Areas for development

1048698 While there are wide-ranging innovative examples of practice and policy in all institutions

much of this is implicit and not systematically developed or supported

1048698 While the evidence was strong of effective examples of practice at final-year level(for example some

form of research project) institutions departments and schools need to ensure that

these research attributes are developed systematically through programmes in a

structured manner from year one

1048698 There is a sense that the issues were better understood and supported by staff heavily engaged in

teaching and not really understood or supported by those with a major focus on research

1048698 Attention needs to be given to ensuring that students are aware of and understand the

importance of research-based attributes for their future employability and success

as lifelong learners Course teams need to develop waysthat support students understanding

of these attributes and their belief in how they can aid their future employment and involvement

in civic life ( emphasis added)

Considering two case studies

Consider the case study of geography at University College London page 17 ( ignore Oxford Brookes) and Engineering at Imperial p 32

Donrsquot get lost in is this lsquogoodrsquo or lsquobadrsquo practice Letrsquos see it as lsquointeresting practicersquo

What that those departments done to try to bring together teaching and research

What are the similarities and the differences between their strategies

Group Task Departmental Case Studies pp 29-38

Discuss one or more of the case studies ndashand then agree on one

statement worth making as to its value to your

department(s) Faculty this institution

31 Biosciences Chemistry Medicine and Health Sciences

32 Engineering and Mathematics

33 Arts and Social Sciences

34 Geography Earth and Environmental Sciences

35 Developing research skills and academic practices

36 Re-designing Spaces

Note Annex One Linking Teaching and Research in Departments p 40

Questions and Strategies

bull Curriculum and research-based learning

bull Management organisational structure

and staffing at departmental level

bull Inclusive culture

Isssues of Multi and Interdisciplinarity

Internationally hellipfew students now do a single subject degree

Study of long term impact of a degree at Oxford Polytechnic Oxford Brookes

where students studied two subjects Selected geography students

interviewed 5101520 years after graduation

For many this was first time they had been asked to consider their overall

degree relationships between the two subjects they had studied

Jenkins A Jones L and Ward A ( 2001 ) The long -term effect of a degree on

graduate lives Studies in Higher Education 26(2)149-163

Two lsquosolutionsrsquo

Interdisciplinary seminars

Final Year Capstone Courses

httpwwwheacademyacukprojectsdetailntfs

ntfsproject_Gloucestershire10

Remember ldquoWe need to maximise the (potential) synergies and minimise the conflicts

This requires actions at a variety of levelsrdquo

Annex 1 Linking Teaching and Research in Departments

Questions and Strategies p 40

Annex 2 Strategies for Linking Teaching and Research within

Courses and Programmes p41

Annex 3 Institutional Strategies to Link Teaching and

Research A Framework p42

Annex 4 Possible strategies for national and international

organisations pp42-3

My conclusions

bull Understanding the complexity of knowledge lies at

the centre of what makes HIGHER education distinctive

bull That requires purposeful action at a variety of levels

bull In onersquos own teaching and to an extent at course team and

departmental level one does have some freedom of action And

perhaps you can in part shape your research to link with your

teaching

bull Bringing your teaching and research more effectively together can

help you balance what can be competing demands on your time and

attention

bull These issues will shape your whole careerif you are an early career

academic one needs now to focus on what is in your lsquocontrolrsquo but look

to the future hellip

A Conclusion

A Round One thing I am going to do in my own practice is hellip

One thing I am going to propose to my subject group is hellip

One thing we should do at Department Institutional level is hellip

One thing I want to say is hellip

Page 10: Task! Discussing the University web site… Ensure you all have session handout Discuss with those around you how this university conceives the roles of.

Available from the HE Academy httpwwwheacademyacukrtnexushtm

International Statements on Value Intent

ldquohellip universities should treat learning as not yet

wholly solved problems and hence always in

research moderdquo (Humboldt founder University

of Berlin 1810 quoted by Elton 2005 110)

The New Zealand Education Amendment Act (1990)

defines a university as where ldquoteaching and

research are closely interdependent and most

of their teaching is done by people who are

active in advancing knowledgerdquo

Two recent pronouncements

The research universities have often failed and continue to fail their undergraduate

populations thousands of students graduate without seeing the world - famous

professors or tasting genuine research (U S) Boyer Commission on Educating

Undergraduates in the Research University (1998 3) (emphasis added)

ldquohellip we want all students to access the benefits exposure to teaching informed by

research can bringhellip This will take many forms including pure and applied

research that feeds curriculum development but also research and

development that tackle the challenging questions facing professional business

regional and local employers now and in the future Wersquore doing this because

we believe an understanding of the research process ndash asking the right

questions in the right way conducting experiments and collating and

evaluating information ndash must be a key part of any undergraduate curriculum

whether or not those involved in delivering it are actively engaged in research

activity themselvesrdquo (Bill Rammell UK Minister for Higher Education 2006 3)

( emphasis added)

Research Evidence

Loosely Coupled ldquoBased on this review we concluded that the common belief that

teaching and research were inextricably intertwined is an enduring myth At best

teaching and research are very loosely coupled (Hattie and Marsh 1996)

At Arms length Students at ldquoarms lengthrdquo from the worlds of university research (Brew

2006)

Individual Faculty can experience links and tensions in resolving their teaching and

research roles The context of the department discipline shapes these

relationships (Colbeck 1998)

Policy Separation lsquoheads of departments and other managers of staff time indicated

that on a managerial level it is more convenient for teaching and research

activities to be treated as separate activities On an intellectual level however

academic managers would rather perceive the two to be synergisticrsquo (Coate et al

2001 p 162)

Research evidence on impact of (selective)undergraduate research programmes

ldquoThere is growing evidence that ndash when done well ndash some programs and activities

appear to engage participants at levels that elevates their performance

across multiple engagement and desired outcomes measures such as

persistence hellip They include first-year seminars common intellectual

experiences learning communities service learning undergraduate

research study abroad and other experiences with diversity internships

and capstone courses and projectsrdquo Kuh 2008 14

ldquoCollectively the evidence shows the power of undergraduate research as a tool

for engaging minority students in authentic science in order to overcome

past societal disadvantages and develop individual talent in communities

that have not had these opportunities Whether such efforts can scale up

the point that they cumulatively foster a more diverse scientific workforce is

a bigger question whose answer remains to be seenrdquo Hunter et al 2010

chapter 8

Acting on the Research Evidence

ldquoThe aim is to increase the circumstances in which teaching and

research have occasion to meethellip

Increase the skills of staff to teach emphasizing the

construction of knowledge by students rather than the

imparting of knowledge by instructors

Ensure that students experience the process of artistic and

scientific productivity

(Hattie and Marsh 1996)

My Perspectives

bull Student lsquounderstandingrsquo of the complexity of knowledge lies at the centre of

higher education (Ron Barnett)

bull From the level of the academic the student hellip and the institution there are

tensions between teaching and research

bull We need to maximise the (potential) synergies and minimise the conflicts

bull This requires actions at a variety of levels

bull The link at undergraduate level is both most problematic and most important

bull If an institution has special roles eg researcher teacher tutor ndashthen one needs to

manage and ensure these roles are at some point linked to the benefit of students

wider society

bull There are important disciplinary lsquoprofessionalrsquo and institutional variations in

teaching research professional knowledge relations

bull Library and information technology staff can play key roles

bull Practices and policies can be adapted to different disciplinary institutional and

national contexts

Curriculum design as controlling a set of different goals forces

Healey and Jenkins argue hellip

All students in all higher education institutions should experience

learning through and about research and inquiry

We argue as does much recent US experience that such curricular

experience should and can be mainstreamed for all or many

students through a research-active curriculum We argue that

this can be achieved through structured interventions at course

team departmental institutional and national levels

(2009p3) Developing Undergraduate Research and Inquiry York

Higher Education Academy

A lsquoLanguagersquo to Help Us Examine What We Do-see handout pp 6-7

bull Research-led where students learn about research findings the

curriculum content is strongly shaped by faculty research

interestscurrent research in the discipline

bull Research-oriented where students learn about research

processes the curriculum emphasises as much the processes by

which knowledge is produced as learning knowledge that has been

achieved and faculty try to engender a research ethos through

their teaching or

bull Research-based where students learn as researchers the

curriculum is largely designed around inquiry-based activities and

the division of roles between teacher and student is minimised

bull Research tutored where students supported by staff in small

group discuss current research ( papers) in their discipline

Research-tutored

Engaging in research discussions

Research-based

Students undertaking research and inquiry

Research-led

Learning about current research in the discipline

Research-oriented

Developing research inquiry and techniques

STUDENT-FOCUSED

STUDENTS AS PARTICIPANTS

EMPHASIS ON RESEARCH CONTENT

EMPHASIS ON RESEARCH PROCESSES AND PROBLEMS

TEACHER-FOCUSED

STUDENTS AS AUDIENCE

Tasks Using that typologylanguage

Consider the case study of geography at University College London page 17 ( ignore Oxford Brookes)

Donrsquot get lost in is this lsquogoodrsquo or lsquobadrsquo practice Letrsquos see it as lsquointeresting practicersquo

Using the language of the handout pages 6-7 what forms of teaching research links do you see there Research led research orientated research based andor research tutored

A Key Perspective

ldquoTeaching and research are correlated

when they are co-related hellipOne way

to achieve this is to exploit further

the link between teaching and

research in the design of coursesrdquo

(Brew A amp Boud D 1995)

Small Group Task pp 8-33 Consider how whether one or more of the

discipline case studies could be adapted to your context

21 Biosciences Physical Sciences and Medicine pp 7-12

22 Social Sciences pp 12-14

23 Business Law and Tourism pp 14-17

24 Geography and Environmental Studies pp 17-21

25 Archaeology and Earth Sciences pp 21-22

26 Arts Media Architecture and Performing Arts pp 22-24

27 English p p 24-25

27 History p25

28 Education and Philosophy pp 25-27

29 Interdisciplinary pp 27-29

Reporter ndash be ready to state one thing that is important about the relevance

of this case study to lsquoyourrsquo practice policyor worth saying about this

case study hellip

Task Course Design-see Annex 2 p 41

Ensure that students experience the process of

artistic and scientific productivity (Hattie and

Marsh 1996)

Group Reflection

Use the typology to examine lsquoyourrsquo current practice ndash as an

individual or member of a course team

What do you consider you are already doing effectively

What might you wish to strengthen or develop

Reporter to state ndash ONE thing worth saying to everybody here

that comes out of this task is hellip

Provisional planning

On the basis of the session so far

provisionally plan ONE intervention in your

own practicehellip

The central features are

Consider how to better ensure lsquosuccessrsquo

including recognising certain expected

difficulties

Taking this forward in your practiceDecide whom is an A and whom a B

A speaks and B listens 3 mins

What I am provisionally taking forward

into my own practice is hellip

B speaks and A listens hellip2 mins

Some suggestions I have are hellip

Now B speaks and A listens

B speaks and A listens 3 mins

What I am provisionally taking forward

into my own practice is hellip

A speaks and B listens hellip2 mins

Some suggestions I have are hellip

Disciplinary Perspectives

Why Disciplines Might Be Significant Logical Hypotheses

bull Disciplines are academic lsquocommunities of practicersquo

bull The nature ofextent of research in the discipline may varybe significant

bull The nature of the fundingorganisation of research in the discipline may

be significant

bull The nature ofrole of scholarship in the discipline may varybe significant

bull The nature of pedagogy in the discipline may be different

bull The nature of how research is taught in the discipline may be significant

bull The importance of research as taught in the discipline may be significant

bull The nature of the staff and or student culture across the discipline may be

significant

bull The importance of research to future student rolesemployability may be

significant

What is

research

Breaking new ground moving

forward exploration and

discovery

How visible is it Laboratories and machinery (ie

tools) but often behind closed

doors

Where is it

located

Out there at a higher level

Who does it Lecturers

Students experience of learning in a research environment Physics handout p 7

Source Robertson and Blackler (2006)

What is

research

Gathering information in the

world answering a question

How visible is it Most visible in the field

Where is it

located

Out there in the field

Who does it Lecturers and (increasingly over

time) students

Students experience of learning in a research environment Geography handout p 7

Source Robertson and Blackler (2006)

What is

research

Looking into gathering putting

it together a focus of interest

How visible is it Not tangibly visible but apparent

in the dialogue

Where is it

located

In the library in the head

Who does it Lecturers and students

Students experience of learning in a research environment English Handout p 7

Source Robertson and Blackler (2006)

Study of Physics and English faculty in two US institutions

In Physics the links lay in the way that undergraduates and

postgraduates could be involved in (staff) research for

much of the research was team basedthe potential and

actual links lay in the organisation of research and

pedagogy Much of the pedagogy was enquiry-based

In English the connections between research and scholarship

were strong indeed the distinctions between research

and scholarship were hard to drawThe teaching-research

connections lay more in the content of the curriculum

(Colbeck 1998)

Discuss teaching research relationships in your course team department or Faculty

Nexus rdquois a connection usually where multiple

elements meetrdquo Wikipedia

Teaching and research relations in my course

team department are like These analogies my

help

lsquolove and marriagersquo lsquo a horse and carriagersquo or

lsquostrangers in the nightrsquo (Sinatra F)

Departmental Relationships

One Research Study in UK Built Environment

departments (Urban Planning) Brookes

Sheffield Hallam Westminster and

University of West of England

Teaching was organised Research was

organised little was done to bring them

together

QAA Scotland Research Teaching Linkages httpwwwenhancementthemesacukdocumentsResearchTeachingQAA292Overview260509pdf

Areas for development

1048698 While there are wide-ranging innovative examples of practice and policy in all institutions

much of this is implicit and not systematically developed or supported

1048698 While the evidence was strong of effective examples of practice at final-year level(for example some

form of research project) institutions departments and schools need to ensure that

these research attributes are developed systematically through programmes in a

structured manner from year one

1048698 There is a sense that the issues were better understood and supported by staff heavily engaged in

teaching and not really understood or supported by those with a major focus on research

1048698 Attention needs to be given to ensuring that students are aware of and understand the

importance of research-based attributes for their future employability and success

as lifelong learners Course teams need to develop waysthat support students understanding

of these attributes and their belief in how they can aid their future employment and involvement

in civic life ( emphasis added)

Considering two case studies

Consider the case study of geography at University College London page 17 ( ignore Oxford Brookes) and Engineering at Imperial p 32

Donrsquot get lost in is this lsquogoodrsquo or lsquobadrsquo practice Letrsquos see it as lsquointeresting practicersquo

What that those departments done to try to bring together teaching and research

What are the similarities and the differences between their strategies

Group Task Departmental Case Studies pp 29-38

Discuss one or more of the case studies ndashand then agree on one

statement worth making as to its value to your

department(s) Faculty this institution

31 Biosciences Chemistry Medicine and Health Sciences

32 Engineering and Mathematics

33 Arts and Social Sciences

34 Geography Earth and Environmental Sciences

35 Developing research skills and academic practices

36 Re-designing Spaces

Note Annex One Linking Teaching and Research in Departments p 40

Questions and Strategies

bull Curriculum and research-based learning

bull Management organisational structure

and staffing at departmental level

bull Inclusive culture

Isssues of Multi and Interdisciplinarity

Internationally hellipfew students now do a single subject degree

Study of long term impact of a degree at Oxford Polytechnic Oxford Brookes

where students studied two subjects Selected geography students

interviewed 5101520 years after graduation

For many this was first time they had been asked to consider their overall

degree relationships between the two subjects they had studied

Jenkins A Jones L and Ward A ( 2001 ) The long -term effect of a degree on

graduate lives Studies in Higher Education 26(2)149-163

Two lsquosolutionsrsquo

Interdisciplinary seminars

Final Year Capstone Courses

httpwwwheacademyacukprojectsdetailntfs

ntfsproject_Gloucestershire10

Remember ldquoWe need to maximise the (potential) synergies and minimise the conflicts

This requires actions at a variety of levelsrdquo

Annex 1 Linking Teaching and Research in Departments

Questions and Strategies p 40

Annex 2 Strategies for Linking Teaching and Research within

Courses and Programmes p41

Annex 3 Institutional Strategies to Link Teaching and

Research A Framework p42

Annex 4 Possible strategies for national and international

organisations pp42-3

My conclusions

bull Understanding the complexity of knowledge lies at

the centre of what makes HIGHER education distinctive

bull That requires purposeful action at a variety of levels

bull In onersquos own teaching and to an extent at course team and

departmental level one does have some freedom of action And

perhaps you can in part shape your research to link with your

teaching

bull Bringing your teaching and research more effectively together can

help you balance what can be competing demands on your time and

attention

bull These issues will shape your whole careerif you are an early career

academic one needs now to focus on what is in your lsquocontrolrsquo but look

to the future hellip

A Conclusion

A Round One thing I am going to do in my own practice is hellip

One thing I am going to propose to my subject group is hellip

One thing we should do at Department Institutional level is hellip

One thing I want to say is hellip

Page 11: Task! Discussing the University web site… Ensure you all have session handout Discuss with those around you how this university conceives the roles of.

International Statements on Value Intent

ldquohellip universities should treat learning as not yet

wholly solved problems and hence always in

research moderdquo (Humboldt founder University

of Berlin 1810 quoted by Elton 2005 110)

The New Zealand Education Amendment Act (1990)

defines a university as where ldquoteaching and

research are closely interdependent and most

of their teaching is done by people who are

active in advancing knowledgerdquo

Two recent pronouncements

The research universities have often failed and continue to fail their undergraduate

populations thousands of students graduate without seeing the world - famous

professors or tasting genuine research (U S) Boyer Commission on Educating

Undergraduates in the Research University (1998 3) (emphasis added)

ldquohellip we want all students to access the benefits exposure to teaching informed by

research can bringhellip This will take many forms including pure and applied

research that feeds curriculum development but also research and

development that tackle the challenging questions facing professional business

regional and local employers now and in the future Wersquore doing this because

we believe an understanding of the research process ndash asking the right

questions in the right way conducting experiments and collating and

evaluating information ndash must be a key part of any undergraduate curriculum

whether or not those involved in delivering it are actively engaged in research

activity themselvesrdquo (Bill Rammell UK Minister for Higher Education 2006 3)

( emphasis added)

Research Evidence

Loosely Coupled ldquoBased on this review we concluded that the common belief that

teaching and research were inextricably intertwined is an enduring myth At best

teaching and research are very loosely coupled (Hattie and Marsh 1996)

At Arms length Students at ldquoarms lengthrdquo from the worlds of university research (Brew

2006)

Individual Faculty can experience links and tensions in resolving their teaching and

research roles The context of the department discipline shapes these

relationships (Colbeck 1998)

Policy Separation lsquoheads of departments and other managers of staff time indicated

that on a managerial level it is more convenient for teaching and research

activities to be treated as separate activities On an intellectual level however

academic managers would rather perceive the two to be synergisticrsquo (Coate et al

2001 p 162)

Research evidence on impact of (selective)undergraduate research programmes

ldquoThere is growing evidence that ndash when done well ndash some programs and activities

appear to engage participants at levels that elevates their performance

across multiple engagement and desired outcomes measures such as

persistence hellip They include first-year seminars common intellectual

experiences learning communities service learning undergraduate

research study abroad and other experiences with diversity internships

and capstone courses and projectsrdquo Kuh 2008 14

ldquoCollectively the evidence shows the power of undergraduate research as a tool

for engaging minority students in authentic science in order to overcome

past societal disadvantages and develop individual talent in communities

that have not had these opportunities Whether such efforts can scale up

the point that they cumulatively foster a more diverse scientific workforce is

a bigger question whose answer remains to be seenrdquo Hunter et al 2010

chapter 8

Acting on the Research Evidence

ldquoThe aim is to increase the circumstances in which teaching and

research have occasion to meethellip

Increase the skills of staff to teach emphasizing the

construction of knowledge by students rather than the

imparting of knowledge by instructors

Ensure that students experience the process of artistic and

scientific productivity

(Hattie and Marsh 1996)

My Perspectives

bull Student lsquounderstandingrsquo of the complexity of knowledge lies at the centre of

higher education (Ron Barnett)

bull From the level of the academic the student hellip and the institution there are

tensions between teaching and research

bull We need to maximise the (potential) synergies and minimise the conflicts

bull This requires actions at a variety of levels

bull The link at undergraduate level is both most problematic and most important

bull If an institution has special roles eg researcher teacher tutor ndashthen one needs to

manage and ensure these roles are at some point linked to the benefit of students

wider society

bull There are important disciplinary lsquoprofessionalrsquo and institutional variations in

teaching research professional knowledge relations

bull Library and information technology staff can play key roles

bull Practices and policies can be adapted to different disciplinary institutional and

national contexts

Curriculum design as controlling a set of different goals forces

Healey and Jenkins argue hellip

All students in all higher education institutions should experience

learning through and about research and inquiry

We argue as does much recent US experience that such curricular

experience should and can be mainstreamed for all or many

students through a research-active curriculum We argue that

this can be achieved through structured interventions at course

team departmental institutional and national levels

(2009p3) Developing Undergraduate Research and Inquiry York

Higher Education Academy

A lsquoLanguagersquo to Help Us Examine What We Do-see handout pp 6-7

bull Research-led where students learn about research findings the

curriculum content is strongly shaped by faculty research

interestscurrent research in the discipline

bull Research-oriented where students learn about research

processes the curriculum emphasises as much the processes by

which knowledge is produced as learning knowledge that has been

achieved and faculty try to engender a research ethos through

their teaching or

bull Research-based where students learn as researchers the

curriculum is largely designed around inquiry-based activities and

the division of roles between teacher and student is minimised

bull Research tutored where students supported by staff in small

group discuss current research ( papers) in their discipline

Research-tutored

Engaging in research discussions

Research-based

Students undertaking research and inquiry

Research-led

Learning about current research in the discipline

Research-oriented

Developing research inquiry and techniques

STUDENT-FOCUSED

STUDENTS AS PARTICIPANTS

EMPHASIS ON RESEARCH CONTENT

EMPHASIS ON RESEARCH PROCESSES AND PROBLEMS

TEACHER-FOCUSED

STUDENTS AS AUDIENCE

Tasks Using that typologylanguage

Consider the case study of geography at University College London page 17 ( ignore Oxford Brookes)

Donrsquot get lost in is this lsquogoodrsquo or lsquobadrsquo practice Letrsquos see it as lsquointeresting practicersquo

Using the language of the handout pages 6-7 what forms of teaching research links do you see there Research led research orientated research based andor research tutored

A Key Perspective

ldquoTeaching and research are correlated

when they are co-related hellipOne way

to achieve this is to exploit further

the link between teaching and

research in the design of coursesrdquo

(Brew A amp Boud D 1995)

Small Group Task pp 8-33 Consider how whether one or more of the

discipline case studies could be adapted to your context

21 Biosciences Physical Sciences and Medicine pp 7-12

22 Social Sciences pp 12-14

23 Business Law and Tourism pp 14-17

24 Geography and Environmental Studies pp 17-21

25 Archaeology and Earth Sciences pp 21-22

26 Arts Media Architecture and Performing Arts pp 22-24

27 English p p 24-25

27 History p25

28 Education and Philosophy pp 25-27

29 Interdisciplinary pp 27-29

Reporter ndash be ready to state one thing that is important about the relevance

of this case study to lsquoyourrsquo practice policyor worth saying about this

case study hellip

Task Course Design-see Annex 2 p 41

Ensure that students experience the process of

artistic and scientific productivity (Hattie and

Marsh 1996)

Group Reflection

Use the typology to examine lsquoyourrsquo current practice ndash as an

individual or member of a course team

What do you consider you are already doing effectively

What might you wish to strengthen or develop

Reporter to state ndash ONE thing worth saying to everybody here

that comes out of this task is hellip

Provisional planning

On the basis of the session so far

provisionally plan ONE intervention in your

own practicehellip

The central features are

Consider how to better ensure lsquosuccessrsquo

including recognising certain expected

difficulties

Taking this forward in your practiceDecide whom is an A and whom a B

A speaks and B listens 3 mins

What I am provisionally taking forward

into my own practice is hellip

B speaks and A listens hellip2 mins

Some suggestions I have are hellip

Now B speaks and A listens

B speaks and A listens 3 mins

What I am provisionally taking forward

into my own practice is hellip

A speaks and B listens hellip2 mins

Some suggestions I have are hellip

Disciplinary Perspectives

Why Disciplines Might Be Significant Logical Hypotheses

bull Disciplines are academic lsquocommunities of practicersquo

bull The nature ofextent of research in the discipline may varybe significant

bull The nature of the fundingorganisation of research in the discipline may

be significant

bull The nature ofrole of scholarship in the discipline may varybe significant

bull The nature of pedagogy in the discipline may be different

bull The nature of how research is taught in the discipline may be significant

bull The importance of research as taught in the discipline may be significant

bull The nature of the staff and or student culture across the discipline may be

significant

bull The importance of research to future student rolesemployability may be

significant

What is

research

Breaking new ground moving

forward exploration and

discovery

How visible is it Laboratories and machinery (ie

tools) but often behind closed

doors

Where is it

located

Out there at a higher level

Who does it Lecturers

Students experience of learning in a research environment Physics handout p 7

Source Robertson and Blackler (2006)

What is

research

Gathering information in the

world answering a question

How visible is it Most visible in the field

Where is it

located

Out there in the field

Who does it Lecturers and (increasingly over

time) students

Students experience of learning in a research environment Geography handout p 7

Source Robertson and Blackler (2006)

What is

research

Looking into gathering putting

it together a focus of interest

How visible is it Not tangibly visible but apparent

in the dialogue

Where is it

located

In the library in the head

Who does it Lecturers and students

Students experience of learning in a research environment English Handout p 7

Source Robertson and Blackler (2006)

Study of Physics and English faculty in two US institutions

In Physics the links lay in the way that undergraduates and

postgraduates could be involved in (staff) research for

much of the research was team basedthe potential and

actual links lay in the organisation of research and

pedagogy Much of the pedagogy was enquiry-based

In English the connections between research and scholarship

were strong indeed the distinctions between research

and scholarship were hard to drawThe teaching-research

connections lay more in the content of the curriculum

(Colbeck 1998)

Discuss teaching research relationships in your course team department or Faculty

Nexus rdquois a connection usually where multiple

elements meetrdquo Wikipedia

Teaching and research relations in my course

team department are like These analogies my

help

lsquolove and marriagersquo lsquo a horse and carriagersquo or

lsquostrangers in the nightrsquo (Sinatra F)

Departmental Relationships

One Research Study in UK Built Environment

departments (Urban Planning) Brookes

Sheffield Hallam Westminster and

University of West of England

Teaching was organised Research was

organised little was done to bring them

together

QAA Scotland Research Teaching Linkages httpwwwenhancementthemesacukdocumentsResearchTeachingQAA292Overview260509pdf

Areas for development

1048698 While there are wide-ranging innovative examples of practice and policy in all institutions

much of this is implicit and not systematically developed or supported

1048698 While the evidence was strong of effective examples of practice at final-year level(for example some

form of research project) institutions departments and schools need to ensure that

these research attributes are developed systematically through programmes in a

structured manner from year one

1048698 There is a sense that the issues were better understood and supported by staff heavily engaged in

teaching and not really understood or supported by those with a major focus on research

1048698 Attention needs to be given to ensuring that students are aware of and understand the

importance of research-based attributes for their future employability and success

as lifelong learners Course teams need to develop waysthat support students understanding

of these attributes and their belief in how they can aid their future employment and involvement

in civic life ( emphasis added)

Considering two case studies

Consider the case study of geography at University College London page 17 ( ignore Oxford Brookes) and Engineering at Imperial p 32

Donrsquot get lost in is this lsquogoodrsquo or lsquobadrsquo practice Letrsquos see it as lsquointeresting practicersquo

What that those departments done to try to bring together teaching and research

What are the similarities and the differences between their strategies

Group Task Departmental Case Studies pp 29-38

Discuss one or more of the case studies ndashand then agree on one

statement worth making as to its value to your

department(s) Faculty this institution

31 Biosciences Chemistry Medicine and Health Sciences

32 Engineering and Mathematics

33 Arts and Social Sciences

34 Geography Earth and Environmental Sciences

35 Developing research skills and academic practices

36 Re-designing Spaces

Note Annex One Linking Teaching and Research in Departments p 40

Questions and Strategies

bull Curriculum and research-based learning

bull Management organisational structure

and staffing at departmental level

bull Inclusive culture

Isssues of Multi and Interdisciplinarity

Internationally hellipfew students now do a single subject degree

Study of long term impact of a degree at Oxford Polytechnic Oxford Brookes

where students studied two subjects Selected geography students

interviewed 5101520 years after graduation

For many this was first time they had been asked to consider their overall

degree relationships between the two subjects they had studied

Jenkins A Jones L and Ward A ( 2001 ) The long -term effect of a degree on

graduate lives Studies in Higher Education 26(2)149-163

Two lsquosolutionsrsquo

Interdisciplinary seminars

Final Year Capstone Courses

httpwwwheacademyacukprojectsdetailntfs

ntfsproject_Gloucestershire10

Remember ldquoWe need to maximise the (potential) synergies and minimise the conflicts

This requires actions at a variety of levelsrdquo

Annex 1 Linking Teaching and Research in Departments

Questions and Strategies p 40

Annex 2 Strategies for Linking Teaching and Research within

Courses and Programmes p41

Annex 3 Institutional Strategies to Link Teaching and

Research A Framework p42

Annex 4 Possible strategies for national and international

organisations pp42-3

My conclusions

bull Understanding the complexity of knowledge lies at

the centre of what makes HIGHER education distinctive

bull That requires purposeful action at a variety of levels

bull In onersquos own teaching and to an extent at course team and

departmental level one does have some freedom of action And

perhaps you can in part shape your research to link with your

teaching

bull Bringing your teaching and research more effectively together can

help you balance what can be competing demands on your time and

attention

bull These issues will shape your whole careerif you are an early career

academic one needs now to focus on what is in your lsquocontrolrsquo but look

to the future hellip

A Conclusion

A Round One thing I am going to do in my own practice is hellip

One thing I am going to propose to my subject group is hellip

One thing we should do at Department Institutional level is hellip

One thing I want to say is hellip

Page 12: Task! Discussing the University web site… Ensure you all have session handout Discuss with those around you how this university conceives the roles of.

Two recent pronouncements

The research universities have often failed and continue to fail their undergraduate

populations thousands of students graduate without seeing the world - famous

professors or tasting genuine research (U S) Boyer Commission on Educating

Undergraduates in the Research University (1998 3) (emphasis added)

ldquohellip we want all students to access the benefits exposure to teaching informed by

research can bringhellip This will take many forms including pure and applied

research that feeds curriculum development but also research and

development that tackle the challenging questions facing professional business

regional and local employers now and in the future Wersquore doing this because

we believe an understanding of the research process ndash asking the right

questions in the right way conducting experiments and collating and

evaluating information ndash must be a key part of any undergraduate curriculum

whether or not those involved in delivering it are actively engaged in research

activity themselvesrdquo (Bill Rammell UK Minister for Higher Education 2006 3)

( emphasis added)

Research Evidence

Loosely Coupled ldquoBased on this review we concluded that the common belief that

teaching and research were inextricably intertwined is an enduring myth At best

teaching and research are very loosely coupled (Hattie and Marsh 1996)

At Arms length Students at ldquoarms lengthrdquo from the worlds of university research (Brew

2006)

Individual Faculty can experience links and tensions in resolving their teaching and

research roles The context of the department discipline shapes these

relationships (Colbeck 1998)

Policy Separation lsquoheads of departments and other managers of staff time indicated

that on a managerial level it is more convenient for teaching and research

activities to be treated as separate activities On an intellectual level however

academic managers would rather perceive the two to be synergisticrsquo (Coate et al

2001 p 162)

Research evidence on impact of (selective)undergraduate research programmes

ldquoThere is growing evidence that ndash when done well ndash some programs and activities

appear to engage participants at levels that elevates their performance

across multiple engagement and desired outcomes measures such as

persistence hellip They include first-year seminars common intellectual

experiences learning communities service learning undergraduate

research study abroad and other experiences with diversity internships

and capstone courses and projectsrdquo Kuh 2008 14

ldquoCollectively the evidence shows the power of undergraduate research as a tool

for engaging minority students in authentic science in order to overcome

past societal disadvantages and develop individual talent in communities

that have not had these opportunities Whether such efforts can scale up

the point that they cumulatively foster a more diverse scientific workforce is

a bigger question whose answer remains to be seenrdquo Hunter et al 2010

chapter 8

Acting on the Research Evidence

ldquoThe aim is to increase the circumstances in which teaching and

research have occasion to meethellip

Increase the skills of staff to teach emphasizing the

construction of knowledge by students rather than the

imparting of knowledge by instructors

Ensure that students experience the process of artistic and

scientific productivity

(Hattie and Marsh 1996)

My Perspectives

bull Student lsquounderstandingrsquo of the complexity of knowledge lies at the centre of

higher education (Ron Barnett)

bull From the level of the academic the student hellip and the institution there are

tensions between teaching and research

bull We need to maximise the (potential) synergies and minimise the conflicts

bull This requires actions at a variety of levels

bull The link at undergraduate level is both most problematic and most important

bull If an institution has special roles eg researcher teacher tutor ndashthen one needs to

manage and ensure these roles are at some point linked to the benefit of students

wider society

bull There are important disciplinary lsquoprofessionalrsquo and institutional variations in

teaching research professional knowledge relations

bull Library and information technology staff can play key roles

bull Practices and policies can be adapted to different disciplinary institutional and

national contexts

Curriculum design as controlling a set of different goals forces

Healey and Jenkins argue hellip

All students in all higher education institutions should experience

learning through and about research and inquiry

We argue as does much recent US experience that such curricular

experience should and can be mainstreamed for all or many

students through a research-active curriculum We argue that

this can be achieved through structured interventions at course

team departmental institutional and national levels

(2009p3) Developing Undergraduate Research and Inquiry York

Higher Education Academy

A lsquoLanguagersquo to Help Us Examine What We Do-see handout pp 6-7

bull Research-led where students learn about research findings the

curriculum content is strongly shaped by faculty research

interestscurrent research in the discipline

bull Research-oriented where students learn about research

processes the curriculum emphasises as much the processes by

which knowledge is produced as learning knowledge that has been

achieved and faculty try to engender a research ethos through

their teaching or

bull Research-based where students learn as researchers the

curriculum is largely designed around inquiry-based activities and

the division of roles between teacher and student is minimised

bull Research tutored where students supported by staff in small

group discuss current research ( papers) in their discipline

Research-tutored

Engaging in research discussions

Research-based

Students undertaking research and inquiry

Research-led

Learning about current research in the discipline

Research-oriented

Developing research inquiry and techniques

STUDENT-FOCUSED

STUDENTS AS PARTICIPANTS

EMPHASIS ON RESEARCH CONTENT

EMPHASIS ON RESEARCH PROCESSES AND PROBLEMS

TEACHER-FOCUSED

STUDENTS AS AUDIENCE

Tasks Using that typologylanguage

Consider the case study of geography at University College London page 17 ( ignore Oxford Brookes)

Donrsquot get lost in is this lsquogoodrsquo or lsquobadrsquo practice Letrsquos see it as lsquointeresting practicersquo

Using the language of the handout pages 6-7 what forms of teaching research links do you see there Research led research orientated research based andor research tutored

A Key Perspective

ldquoTeaching and research are correlated

when they are co-related hellipOne way

to achieve this is to exploit further

the link between teaching and

research in the design of coursesrdquo

(Brew A amp Boud D 1995)

Small Group Task pp 8-33 Consider how whether one or more of the

discipline case studies could be adapted to your context

21 Biosciences Physical Sciences and Medicine pp 7-12

22 Social Sciences pp 12-14

23 Business Law and Tourism pp 14-17

24 Geography and Environmental Studies pp 17-21

25 Archaeology and Earth Sciences pp 21-22

26 Arts Media Architecture and Performing Arts pp 22-24

27 English p p 24-25

27 History p25

28 Education and Philosophy pp 25-27

29 Interdisciplinary pp 27-29

Reporter ndash be ready to state one thing that is important about the relevance

of this case study to lsquoyourrsquo practice policyor worth saying about this

case study hellip

Task Course Design-see Annex 2 p 41

Ensure that students experience the process of

artistic and scientific productivity (Hattie and

Marsh 1996)

Group Reflection

Use the typology to examine lsquoyourrsquo current practice ndash as an

individual or member of a course team

What do you consider you are already doing effectively

What might you wish to strengthen or develop

Reporter to state ndash ONE thing worth saying to everybody here

that comes out of this task is hellip

Provisional planning

On the basis of the session so far

provisionally plan ONE intervention in your

own practicehellip

The central features are

Consider how to better ensure lsquosuccessrsquo

including recognising certain expected

difficulties

Taking this forward in your practiceDecide whom is an A and whom a B

A speaks and B listens 3 mins

What I am provisionally taking forward

into my own practice is hellip

B speaks and A listens hellip2 mins

Some suggestions I have are hellip

Now B speaks and A listens

B speaks and A listens 3 mins

What I am provisionally taking forward

into my own practice is hellip

A speaks and B listens hellip2 mins

Some suggestions I have are hellip

Disciplinary Perspectives

Why Disciplines Might Be Significant Logical Hypotheses

bull Disciplines are academic lsquocommunities of practicersquo

bull The nature ofextent of research in the discipline may varybe significant

bull The nature of the fundingorganisation of research in the discipline may

be significant

bull The nature ofrole of scholarship in the discipline may varybe significant

bull The nature of pedagogy in the discipline may be different

bull The nature of how research is taught in the discipline may be significant

bull The importance of research as taught in the discipline may be significant

bull The nature of the staff and or student culture across the discipline may be

significant

bull The importance of research to future student rolesemployability may be

significant

What is

research

Breaking new ground moving

forward exploration and

discovery

How visible is it Laboratories and machinery (ie

tools) but often behind closed

doors

Where is it

located

Out there at a higher level

Who does it Lecturers

Students experience of learning in a research environment Physics handout p 7

Source Robertson and Blackler (2006)

What is

research

Gathering information in the

world answering a question

How visible is it Most visible in the field

Where is it

located

Out there in the field

Who does it Lecturers and (increasingly over

time) students

Students experience of learning in a research environment Geography handout p 7

Source Robertson and Blackler (2006)

What is

research

Looking into gathering putting

it together a focus of interest

How visible is it Not tangibly visible but apparent

in the dialogue

Where is it

located

In the library in the head

Who does it Lecturers and students

Students experience of learning in a research environment English Handout p 7

Source Robertson and Blackler (2006)

Study of Physics and English faculty in two US institutions

In Physics the links lay in the way that undergraduates and

postgraduates could be involved in (staff) research for

much of the research was team basedthe potential and

actual links lay in the organisation of research and

pedagogy Much of the pedagogy was enquiry-based

In English the connections between research and scholarship

were strong indeed the distinctions between research

and scholarship were hard to drawThe teaching-research

connections lay more in the content of the curriculum

(Colbeck 1998)

Discuss teaching research relationships in your course team department or Faculty

Nexus rdquois a connection usually where multiple

elements meetrdquo Wikipedia

Teaching and research relations in my course

team department are like These analogies my

help

lsquolove and marriagersquo lsquo a horse and carriagersquo or

lsquostrangers in the nightrsquo (Sinatra F)

Departmental Relationships

One Research Study in UK Built Environment

departments (Urban Planning) Brookes

Sheffield Hallam Westminster and

University of West of England

Teaching was organised Research was

organised little was done to bring them

together

QAA Scotland Research Teaching Linkages httpwwwenhancementthemesacukdocumentsResearchTeachingQAA292Overview260509pdf

Areas for development

1048698 While there are wide-ranging innovative examples of practice and policy in all institutions

much of this is implicit and not systematically developed or supported

1048698 While the evidence was strong of effective examples of practice at final-year level(for example some

form of research project) institutions departments and schools need to ensure that

these research attributes are developed systematically through programmes in a

structured manner from year one

1048698 There is a sense that the issues were better understood and supported by staff heavily engaged in

teaching and not really understood or supported by those with a major focus on research

1048698 Attention needs to be given to ensuring that students are aware of and understand the

importance of research-based attributes for their future employability and success

as lifelong learners Course teams need to develop waysthat support students understanding

of these attributes and their belief in how they can aid their future employment and involvement

in civic life ( emphasis added)

Considering two case studies

Consider the case study of geography at University College London page 17 ( ignore Oxford Brookes) and Engineering at Imperial p 32

Donrsquot get lost in is this lsquogoodrsquo or lsquobadrsquo practice Letrsquos see it as lsquointeresting practicersquo

What that those departments done to try to bring together teaching and research

What are the similarities and the differences between their strategies

Group Task Departmental Case Studies pp 29-38

Discuss one or more of the case studies ndashand then agree on one

statement worth making as to its value to your

department(s) Faculty this institution

31 Biosciences Chemistry Medicine and Health Sciences

32 Engineering and Mathematics

33 Arts and Social Sciences

34 Geography Earth and Environmental Sciences

35 Developing research skills and academic practices

36 Re-designing Spaces

Note Annex One Linking Teaching and Research in Departments p 40

Questions and Strategies

bull Curriculum and research-based learning

bull Management organisational structure

and staffing at departmental level

bull Inclusive culture

Isssues of Multi and Interdisciplinarity

Internationally hellipfew students now do a single subject degree

Study of long term impact of a degree at Oxford Polytechnic Oxford Brookes

where students studied two subjects Selected geography students

interviewed 5101520 years after graduation

For many this was first time they had been asked to consider their overall

degree relationships between the two subjects they had studied

Jenkins A Jones L and Ward A ( 2001 ) The long -term effect of a degree on

graduate lives Studies in Higher Education 26(2)149-163

Two lsquosolutionsrsquo

Interdisciplinary seminars

Final Year Capstone Courses

httpwwwheacademyacukprojectsdetailntfs

ntfsproject_Gloucestershire10

Remember ldquoWe need to maximise the (potential) synergies and minimise the conflicts

This requires actions at a variety of levelsrdquo

Annex 1 Linking Teaching and Research in Departments

Questions and Strategies p 40

Annex 2 Strategies for Linking Teaching and Research within

Courses and Programmes p41

Annex 3 Institutional Strategies to Link Teaching and

Research A Framework p42

Annex 4 Possible strategies for national and international

organisations pp42-3

My conclusions

bull Understanding the complexity of knowledge lies at

the centre of what makes HIGHER education distinctive

bull That requires purposeful action at a variety of levels

bull In onersquos own teaching and to an extent at course team and

departmental level one does have some freedom of action And

perhaps you can in part shape your research to link with your

teaching

bull Bringing your teaching and research more effectively together can

help you balance what can be competing demands on your time and

attention

bull These issues will shape your whole careerif you are an early career

academic one needs now to focus on what is in your lsquocontrolrsquo but look

to the future hellip

A Conclusion

A Round One thing I am going to do in my own practice is hellip

One thing I am going to propose to my subject group is hellip

One thing we should do at Department Institutional level is hellip

One thing I want to say is hellip

Page 13: Task! Discussing the University web site… Ensure you all have session handout Discuss with those around you how this university conceives the roles of.

Research Evidence

Loosely Coupled ldquoBased on this review we concluded that the common belief that

teaching and research were inextricably intertwined is an enduring myth At best

teaching and research are very loosely coupled (Hattie and Marsh 1996)

At Arms length Students at ldquoarms lengthrdquo from the worlds of university research (Brew

2006)

Individual Faculty can experience links and tensions in resolving their teaching and

research roles The context of the department discipline shapes these

relationships (Colbeck 1998)

Policy Separation lsquoheads of departments and other managers of staff time indicated

that on a managerial level it is more convenient for teaching and research

activities to be treated as separate activities On an intellectual level however

academic managers would rather perceive the two to be synergisticrsquo (Coate et al

2001 p 162)

Research evidence on impact of (selective)undergraduate research programmes

ldquoThere is growing evidence that ndash when done well ndash some programs and activities

appear to engage participants at levels that elevates their performance

across multiple engagement and desired outcomes measures such as

persistence hellip They include first-year seminars common intellectual

experiences learning communities service learning undergraduate

research study abroad and other experiences with diversity internships

and capstone courses and projectsrdquo Kuh 2008 14

ldquoCollectively the evidence shows the power of undergraduate research as a tool

for engaging minority students in authentic science in order to overcome

past societal disadvantages and develop individual talent in communities

that have not had these opportunities Whether such efforts can scale up

the point that they cumulatively foster a more diverse scientific workforce is

a bigger question whose answer remains to be seenrdquo Hunter et al 2010

chapter 8

Acting on the Research Evidence

ldquoThe aim is to increase the circumstances in which teaching and

research have occasion to meethellip

Increase the skills of staff to teach emphasizing the

construction of knowledge by students rather than the

imparting of knowledge by instructors

Ensure that students experience the process of artistic and

scientific productivity

(Hattie and Marsh 1996)

My Perspectives

bull Student lsquounderstandingrsquo of the complexity of knowledge lies at the centre of

higher education (Ron Barnett)

bull From the level of the academic the student hellip and the institution there are

tensions between teaching and research

bull We need to maximise the (potential) synergies and minimise the conflicts

bull This requires actions at a variety of levels

bull The link at undergraduate level is both most problematic and most important

bull If an institution has special roles eg researcher teacher tutor ndashthen one needs to

manage and ensure these roles are at some point linked to the benefit of students

wider society

bull There are important disciplinary lsquoprofessionalrsquo and institutional variations in

teaching research professional knowledge relations

bull Library and information technology staff can play key roles

bull Practices and policies can be adapted to different disciplinary institutional and

national contexts

Curriculum design as controlling a set of different goals forces

Healey and Jenkins argue hellip

All students in all higher education institutions should experience

learning through and about research and inquiry

We argue as does much recent US experience that such curricular

experience should and can be mainstreamed for all or many

students through a research-active curriculum We argue that

this can be achieved through structured interventions at course

team departmental institutional and national levels

(2009p3) Developing Undergraduate Research and Inquiry York

Higher Education Academy

A lsquoLanguagersquo to Help Us Examine What We Do-see handout pp 6-7

bull Research-led where students learn about research findings the

curriculum content is strongly shaped by faculty research

interestscurrent research in the discipline

bull Research-oriented where students learn about research

processes the curriculum emphasises as much the processes by

which knowledge is produced as learning knowledge that has been

achieved and faculty try to engender a research ethos through

their teaching or

bull Research-based where students learn as researchers the

curriculum is largely designed around inquiry-based activities and

the division of roles between teacher and student is minimised

bull Research tutored where students supported by staff in small

group discuss current research ( papers) in their discipline

Research-tutored

Engaging in research discussions

Research-based

Students undertaking research and inquiry

Research-led

Learning about current research in the discipline

Research-oriented

Developing research inquiry and techniques

STUDENT-FOCUSED

STUDENTS AS PARTICIPANTS

EMPHASIS ON RESEARCH CONTENT

EMPHASIS ON RESEARCH PROCESSES AND PROBLEMS

TEACHER-FOCUSED

STUDENTS AS AUDIENCE

Tasks Using that typologylanguage

Consider the case study of geography at University College London page 17 ( ignore Oxford Brookes)

Donrsquot get lost in is this lsquogoodrsquo or lsquobadrsquo practice Letrsquos see it as lsquointeresting practicersquo

Using the language of the handout pages 6-7 what forms of teaching research links do you see there Research led research orientated research based andor research tutored

A Key Perspective

ldquoTeaching and research are correlated

when they are co-related hellipOne way

to achieve this is to exploit further

the link between teaching and

research in the design of coursesrdquo

(Brew A amp Boud D 1995)

Small Group Task pp 8-33 Consider how whether one or more of the

discipline case studies could be adapted to your context

21 Biosciences Physical Sciences and Medicine pp 7-12

22 Social Sciences pp 12-14

23 Business Law and Tourism pp 14-17

24 Geography and Environmental Studies pp 17-21

25 Archaeology and Earth Sciences pp 21-22

26 Arts Media Architecture and Performing Arts pp 22-24

27 English p p 24-25

27 History p25

28 Education and Philosophy pp 25-27

29 Interdisciplinary pp 27-29

Reporter ndash be ready to state one thing that is important about the relevance

of this case study to lsquoyourrsquo practice policyor worth saying about this

case study hellip

Task Course Design-see Annex 2 p 41

Ensure that students experience the process of

artistic and scientific productivity (Hattie and

Marsh 1996)

Group Reflection

Use the typology to examine lsquoyourrsquo current practice ndash as an

individual or member of a course team

What do you consider you are already doing effectively

What might you wish to strengthen or develop

Reporter to state ndash ONE thing worth saying to everybody here

that comes out of this task is hellip

Provisional planning

On the basis of the session so far

provisionally plan ONE intervention in your

own practicehellip

The central features are

Consider how to better ensure lsquosuccessrsquo

including recognising certain expected

difficulties

Taking this forward in your practiceDecide whom is an A and whom a B

A speaks and B listens 3 mins

What I am provisionally taking forward

into my own practice is hellip

B speaks and A listens hellip2 mins

Some suggestions I have are hellip

Now B speaks and A listens

B speaks and A listens 3 mins

What I am provisionally taking forward

into my own practice is hellip

A speaks and B listens hellip2 mins

Some suggestions I have are hellip

Disciplinary Perspectives

Why Disciplines Might Be Significant Logical Hypotheses

bull Disciplines are academic lsquocommunities of practicersquo

bull The nature ofextent of research in the discipline may varybe significant

bull The nature of the fundingorganisation of research in the discipline may

be significant

bull The nature ofrole of scholarship in the discipline may varybe significant

bull The nature of pedagogy in the discipline may be different

bull The nature of how research is taught in the discipline may be significant

bull The importance of research as taught in the discipline may be significant

bull The nature of the staff and or student culture across the discipline may be

significant

bull The importance of research to future student rolesemployability may be

significant

What is

research

Breaking new ground moving

forward exploration and

discovery

How visible is it Laboratories and machinery (ie

tools) but often behind closed

doors

Where is it

located

Out there at a higher level

Who does it Lecturers

Students experience of learning in a research environment Physics handout p 7

Source Robertson and Blackler (2006)

What is

research

Gathering information in the

world answering a question

How visible is it Most visible in the field

Where is it

located

Out there in the field

Who does it Lecturers and (increasingly over

time) students

Students experience of learning in a research environment Geography handout p 7

Source Robertson and Blackler (2006)

What is

research

Looking into gathering putting

it together a focus of interest

How visible is it Not tangibly visible but apparent

in the dialogue

Where is it

located

In the library in the head

Who does it Lecturers and students

Students experience of learning in a research environment English Handout p 7

Source Robertson and Blackler (2006)

Study of Physics and English faculty in two US institutions

In Physics the links lay in the way that undergraduates and

postgraduates could be involved in (staff) research for

much of the research was team basedthe potential and

actual links lay in the organisation of research and

pedagogy Much of the pedagogy was enquiry-based

In English the connections between research and scholarship

were strong indeed the distinctions between research

and scholarship were hard to drawThe teaching-research

connections lay more in the content of the curriculum

(Colbeck 1998)

Discuss teaching research relationships in your course team department or Faculty

Nexus rdquois a connection usually where multiple

elements meetrdquo Wikipedia

Teaching and research relations in my course

team department are like These analogies my

help

lsquolove and marriagersquo lsquo a horse and carriagersquo or

lsquostrangers in the nightrsquo (Sinatra F)

Departmental Relationships

One Research Study in UK Built Environment

departments (Urban Planning) Brookes

Sheffield Hallam Westminster and

University of West of England

Teaching was organised Research was

organised little was done to bring them

together

QAA Scotland Research Teaching Linkages httpwwwenhancementthemesacukdocumentsResearchTeachingQAA292Overview260509pdf

Areas for development

1048698 While there are wide-ranging innovative examples of practice and policy in all institutions

much of this is implicit and not systematically developed or supported

1048698 While the evidence was strong of effective examples of practice at final-year level(for example some

form of research project) institutions departments and schools need to ensure that

these research attributes are developed systematically through programmes in a

structured manner from year one

1048698 There is a sense that the issues were better understood and supported by staff heavily engaged in

teaching and not really understood or supported by those with a major focus on research

1048698 Attention needs to be given to ensuring that students are aware of and understand the

importance of research-based attributes for their future employability and success

as lifelong learners Course teams need to develop waysthat support students understanding

of these attributes and their belief in how they can aid their future employment and involvement

in civic life ( emphasis added)

Considering two case studies

Consider the case study of geography at University College London page 17 ( ignore Oxford Brookes) and Engineering at Imperial p 32

Donrsquot get lost in is this lsquogoodrsquo or lsquobadrsquo practice Letrsquos see it as lsquointeresting practicersquo

What that those departments done to try to bring together teaching and research

What are the similarities and the differences between their strategies

Group Task Departmental Case Studies pp 29-38

Discuss one or more of the case studies ndashand then agree on one

statement worth making as to its value to your

department(s) Faculty this institution

31 Biosciences Chemistry Medicine and Health Sciences

32 Engineering and Mathematics

33 Arts and Social Sciences

34 Geography Earth and Environmental Sciences

35 Developing research skills and academic practices

36 Re-designing Spaces

Note Annex One Linking Teaching and Research in Departments p 40

Questions and Strategies

bull Curriculum and research-based learning

bull Management organisational structure

and staffing at departmental level

bull Inclusive culture

Isssues of Multi and Interdisciplinarity

Internationally hellipfew students now do a single subject degree

Study of long term impact of a degree at Oxford Polytechnic Oxford Brookes

where students studied two subjects Selected geography students

interviewed 5101520 years after graduation

For many this was first time they had been asked to consider their overall

degree relationships between the two subjects they had studied

Jenkins A Jones L and Ward A ( 2001 ) The long -term effect of a degree on

graduate lives Studies in Higher Education 26(2)149-163

Two lsquosolutionsrsquo

Interdisciplinary seminars

Final Year Capstone Courses

httpwwwheacademyacukprojectsdetailntfs

ntfsproject_Gloucestershire10

Remember ldquoWe need to maximise the (potential) synergies and minimise the conflicts

This requires actions at a variety of levelsrdquo

Annex 1 Linking Teaching and Research in Departments

Questions and Strategies p 40

Annex 2 Strategies for Linking Teaching and Research within

Courses and Programmes p41

Annex 3 Institutional Strategies to Link Teaching and

Research A Framework p42

Annex 4 Possible strategies for national and international

organisations pp42-3

My conclusions

bull Understanding the complexity of knowledge lies at

the centre of what makes HIGHER education distinctive

bull That requires purposeful action at a variety of levels

bull In onersquos own teaching and to an extent at course team and

departmental level one does have some freedom of action And

perhaps you can in part shape your research to link with your

teaching

bull Bringing your teaching and research more effectively together can

help you balance what can be competing demands on your time and

attention

bull These issues will shape your whole careerif you are an early career

academic one needs now to focus on what is in your lsquocontrolrsquo but look

to the future hellip

A Conclusion

A Round One thing I am going to do in my own practice is hellip

One thing I am going to propose to my subject group is hellip

One thing we should do at Department Institutional level is hellip

One thing I want to say is hellip

Page 14: Task! Discussing the University web site… Ensure you all have session handout Discuss with those around you how this university conceives the roles of.

Research evidence on impact of (selective)undergraduate research programmes

ldquoThere is growing evidence that ndash when done well ndash some programs and activities

appear to engage participants at levels that elevates their performance

across multiple engagement and desired outcomes measures such as

persistence hellip They include first-year seminars common intellectual

experiences learning communities service learning undergraduate

research study abroad and other experiences with diversity internships

and capstone courses and projectsrdquo Kuh 2008 14

ldquoCollectively the evidence shows the power of undergraduate research as a tool

for engaging minority students in authentic science in order to overcome

past societal disadvantages and develop individual talent in communities

that have not had these opportunities Whether such efforts can scale up

the point that they cumulatively foster a more diverse scientific workforce is

a bigger question whose answer remains to be seenrdquo Hunter et al 2010

chapter 8

Acting on the Research Evidence

ldquoThe aim is to increase the circumstances in which teaching and

research have occasion to meethellip

Increase the skills of staff to teach emphasizing the

construction of knowledge by students rather than the

imparting of knowledge by instructors

Ensure that students experience the process of artistic and

scientific productivity

(Hattie and Marsh 1996)

My Perspectives

bull Student lsquounderstandingrsquo of the complexity of knowledge lies at the centre of

higher education (Ron Barnett)

bull From the level of the academic the student hellip and the institution there are

tensions between teaching and research

bull We need to maximise the (potential) synergies and minimise the conflicts

bull This requires actions at a variety of levels

bull The link at undergraduate level is both most problematic and most important

bull If an institution has special roles eg researcher teacher tutor ndashthen one needs to

manage and ensure these roles are at some point linked to the benefit of students

wider society

bull There are important disciplinary lsquoprofessionalrsquo and institutional variations in

teaching research professional knowledge relations

bull Library and information technology staff can play key roles

bull Practices and policies can be adapted to different disciplinary institutional and

national contexts

Curriculum design as controlling a set of different goals forces

Healey and Jenkins argue hellip

All students in all higher education institutions should experience

learning through and about research and inquiry

We argue as does much recent US experience that such curricular

experience should and can be mainstreamed for all or many

students through a research-active curriculum We argue that

this can be achieved through structured interventions at course

team departmental institutional and national levels

(2009p3) Developing Undergraduate Research and Inquiry York

Higher Education Academy

A lsquoLanguagersquo to Help Us Examine What We Do-see handout pp 6-7

bull Research-led where students learn about research findings the

curriculum content is strongly shaped by faculty research

interestscurrent research in the discipline

bull Research-oriented where students learn about research

processes the curriculum emphasises as much the processes by

which knowledge is produced as learning knowledge that has been

achieved and faculty try to engender a research ethos through

their teaching or

bull Research-based where students learn as researchers the

curriculum is largely designed around inquiry-based activities and

the division of roles between teacher and student is minimised

bull Research tutored where students supported by staff in small

group discuss current research ( papers) in their discipline

Research-tutored

Engaging in research discussions

Research-based

Students undertaking research and inquiry

Research-led

Learning about current research in the discipline

Research-oriented

Developing research inquiry and techniques

STUDENT-FOCUSED

STUDENTS AS PARTICIPANTS

EMPHASIS ON RESEARCH CONTENT

EMPHASIS ON RESEARCH PROCESSES AND PROBLEMS

TEACHER-FOCUSED

STUDENTS AS AUDIENCE

Tasks Using that typologylanguage

Consider the case study of geography at University College London page 17 ( ignore Oxford Brookes)

Donrsquot get lost in is this lsquogoodrsquo or lsquobadrsquo practice Letrsquos see it as lsquointeresting practicersquo

Using the language of the handout pages 6-7 what forms of teaching research links do you see there Research led research orientated research based andor research tutored

A Key Perspective

ldquoTeaching and research are correlated

when they are co-related hellipOne way

to achieve this is to exploit further

the link between teaching and

research in the design of coursesrdquo

(Brew A amp Boud D 1995)

Small Group Task pp 8-33 Consider how whether one or more of the

discipline case studies could be adapted to your context

21 Biosciences Physical Sciences and Medicine pp 7-12

22 Social Sciences pp 12-14

23 Business Law and Tourism pp 14-17

24 Geography and Environmental Studies pp 17-21

25 Archaeology and Earth Sciences pp 21-22

26 Arts Media Architecture and Performing Arts pp 22-24

27 English p p 24-25

27 History p25

28 Education and Philosophy pp 25-27

29 Interdisciplinary pp 27-29

Reporter ndash be ready to state one thing that is important about the relevance

of this case study to lsquoyourrsquo practice policyor worth saying about this

case study hellip

Task Course Design-see Annex 2 p 41

Ensure that students experience the process of

artistic and scientific productivity (Hattie and

Marsh 1996)

Group Reflection

Use the typology to examine lsquoyourrsquo current practice ndash as an

individual or member of a course team

What do you consider you are already doing effectively

What might you wish to strengthen or develop

Reporter to state ndash ONE thing worth saying to everybody here

that comes out of this task is hellip

Provisional planning

On the basis of the session so far

provisionally plan ONE intervention in your

own practicehellip

The central features are

Consider how to better ensure lsquosuccessrsquo

including recognising certain expected

difficulties

Taking this forward in your practiceDecide whom is an A and whom a B

A speaks and B listens 3 mins

What I am provisionally taking forward

into my own practice is hellip

B speaks and A listens hellip2 mins

Some suggestions I have are hellip

Now B speaks and A listens

B speaks and A listens 3 mins

What I am provisionally taking forward

into my own practice is hellip

A speaks and B listens hellip2 mins

Some suggestions I have are hellip

Disciplinary Perspectives

Why Disciplines Might Be Significant Logical Hypotheses

bull Disciplines are academic lsquocommunities of practicersquo

bull The nature ofextent of research in the discipline may varybe significant

bull The nature of the fundingorganisation of research in the discipline may

be significant

bull The nature ofrole of scholarship in the discipline may varybe significant

bull The nature of pedagogy in the discipline may be different

bull The nature of how research is taught in the discipline may be significant

bull The importance of research as taught in the discipline may be significant

bull The nature of the staff and or student culture across the discipline may be

significant

bull The importance of research to future student rolesemployability may be

significant

What is

research

Breaking new ground moving

forward exploration and

discovery

How visible is it Laboratories and machinery (ie

tools) but often behind closed

doors

Where is it

located

Out there at a higher level

Who does it Lecturers

Students experience of learning in a research environment Physics handout p 7

Source Robertson and Blackler (2006)

What is

research

Gathering information in the

world answering a question

How visible is it Most visible in the field

Where is it

located

Out there in the field

Who does it Lecturers and (increasingly over

time) students

Students experience of learning in a research environment Geography handout p 7

Source Robertson and Blackler (2006)

What is

research

Looking into gathering putting

it together a focus of interest

How visible is it Not tangibly visible but apparent

in the dialogue

Where is it

located

In the library in the head

Who does it Lecturers and students

Students experience of learning in a research environment English Handout p 7

Source Robertson and Blackler (2006)

Study of Physics and English faculty in two US institutions

In Physics the links lay in the way that undergraduates and

postgraduates could be involved in (staff) research for

much of the research was team basedthe potential and

actual links lay in the organisation of research and

pedagogy Much of the pedagogy was enquiry-based

In English the connections between research and scholarship

were strong indeed the distinctions between research

and scholarship were hard to drawThe teaching-research

connections lay more in the content of the curriculum

(Colbeck 1998)

Discuss teaching research relationships in your course team department or Faculty

Nexus rdquois a connection usually where multiple

elements meetrdquo Wikipedia

Teaching and research relations in my course

team department are like These analogies my

help

lsquolove and marriagersquo lsquo a horse and carriagersquo or

lsquostrangers in the nightrsquo (Sinatra F)

Departmental Relationships

One Research Study in UK Built Environment

departments (Urban Planning) Brookes

Sheffield Hallam Westminster and

University of West of England

Teaching was organised Research was

organised little was done to bring them

together

QAA Scotland Research Teaching Linkages httpwwwenhancementthemesacukdocumentsResearchTeachingQAA292Overview260509pdf

Areas for development

1048698 While there are wide-ranging innovative examples of practice and policy in all institutions

much of this is implicit and not systematically developed or supported

1048698 While the evidence was strong of effective examples of practice at final-year level(for example some

form of research project) institutions departments and schools need to ensure that

these research attributes are developed systematically through programmes in a

structured manner from year one

1048698 There is a sense that the issues were better understood and supported by staff heavily engaged in

teaching and not really understood or supported by those with a major focus on research

1048698 Attention needs to be given to ensuring that students are aware of and understand the

importance of research-based attributes for their future employability and success

as lifelong learners Course teams need to develop waysthat support students understanding

of these attributes and their belief in how they can aid their future employment and involvement

in civic life ( emphasis added)

Considering two case studies

Consider the case study of geography at University College London page 17 ( ignore Oxford Brookes) and Engineering at Imperial p 32

Donrsquot get lost in is this lsquogoodrsquo or lsquobadrsquo practice Letrsquos see it as lsquointeresting practicersquo

What that those departments done to try to bring together teaching and research

What are the similarities and the differences between their strategies

Group Task Departmental Case Studies pp 29-38

Discuss one or more of the case studies ndashand then agree on one

statement worth making as to its value to your

department(s) Faculty this institution

31 Biosciences Chemistry Medicine and Health Sciences

32 Engineering and Mathematics

33 Arts and Social Sciences

34 Geography Earth and Environmental Sciences

35 Developing research skills and academic practices

36 Re-designing Spaces

Note Annex One Linking Teaching and Research in Departments p 40

Questions and Strategies

bull Curriculum and research-based learning

bull Management organisational structure

and staffing at departmental level

bull Inclusive culture

Isssues of Multi and Interdisciplinarity

Internationally hellipfew students now do a single subject degree

Study of long term impact of a degree at Oxford Polytechnic Oxford Brookes

where students studied two subjects Selected geography students

interviewed 5101520 years after graduation

For many this was first time they had been asked to consider their overall

degree relationships between the two subjects they had studied

Jenkins A Jones L and Ward A ( 2001 ) The long -term effect of a degree on

graduate lives Studies in Higher Education 26(2)149-163

Two lsquosolutionsrsquo

Interdisciplinary seminars

Final Year Capstone Courses

httpwwwheacademyacukprojectsdetailntfs

ntfsproject_Gloucestershire10

Remember ldquoWe need to maximise the (potential) synergies and minimise the conflicts

This requires actions at a variety of levelsrdquo

Annex 1 Linking Teaching and Research in Departments

Questions and Strategies p 40

Annex 2 Strategies for Linking Teaching and Research within

Courses and Programmes p41

Annex 3 Institutional Strategies to Link Teaching and

Research A Framework p42

Annex 4 Possible strategies for national and international

organisations pp42-3

My conclusions

bull Understanding the complexity of knowledge lies at

the centre of what makes HIGHER education distinctive

bull That requires purposeful action at a variety of levels

bull In onersquos own teaching and to an extent at course team and

departmental level one does have some freedom of action And

perhaps you can in part shape your research to link with your

teaching

bull Bringing your teaching and research more effectively together can

help you balance what can be competing demands on your time and

attention

bull These issues will shape your whole careerif you are an early career

academic one needs now to focus on what is in your lsquocontrolrsquo but look

to the future hellip

A Conclusion

A Round One thing I am going to do in my own practice is hellip

One thing I am going to propose to my subject group is hellip

One thing we should do at Department Institutional level is hellip

One thing I want to say is hellip

Page 15: Task! Discussing the University web site… Ensure you all have session handout Discuss with those around you how this university conceives the roles of.

Acting on the Research Evidence

ldquoThe aim is to increase the circumstances in which teaching and

research have occasion to meethellip

Increase the skills of staff to teach emphasizing the

construction of knowledge by students rather than the

imparting of knowledge by instructors

Ensure that students experience the process of artistic and

scientific productivity

(Hattie and Marsh 1996)

My Perspectives

bull Student lsquounderstandingrsquo of the complexity of knowledge lies at the centre of

higher education (Ron Barnett)

bull From the level of the academic the student hellip and the institution there are

tensions between teaching and research

bull We need to maximise the (potential) synergies and minimise the conflicts

bull This requires actions at a variety of levels

bull The link at undergraduate level is both most problematic and most important

bull If an institution has special roles eg researcher teacher tutor ndashthen one needs to

manage and ensure these roles are at some point linked to the benefit of students

wider society

bull There are important disciplinary lsquoprofessionalrsquo and institutional variations in

teaching research professional knowledge relations

bull Library and information technology staff can play key roles

bull Practices and policies can be adapted to different disciplinary institutional and

national contexts

Curriculum design as controlling a set of different goals forces

Healey and Jenkins argue hellip

All students in all higher education institutions should experience

learning through and about research and inquiry

We argue as does much recent US experience that such curricular

experience should and can be mainstreamed for all or many

students through a research-active curriculum We argue that

this can be achieved through structured interventions at course

team departmental institutional and national levels

(2009p3) Developing Undergraduate Research and Inquiry York

Higher Education Academy

A lsquoLanguagersquo to Help Us Examine What We Do-see handout pp 6-7

bull Research-led where students learn about research findings the

curriculum content is strongly shaped by faculty research

interestscurrent research in the discipline

bull Research-oriented where students learn about research

processes the curriculum emphasises as much the processes by

which knowledge is produced as learning knowledge that has been

achieved and faculty try to engender a research ethos through

their teaching or

bull Research-based where students learn as researchers the

curriculum is largely designed around inquiry-based activities and

the division of roles between teacher and student is minimised

bull Research tutored where students supported by staff in small

group discuss current research ( papers) in their discipline

Research-tutored

Engaging in research discussions

Research-based

Students undertaking research and inquiry

Research-led

Learning about current research in the discipline

Research-oriented

Developing research inquiry and techniques

STUDENT-FOCUSED

STUDENTS AS PARTICIPANTS

EMPHASIS ON RESEARCH CONTENT

EMPHASIS ON RESEARCH PROCESSES AND PROBLEMS

TEACHER-FOCUSED

STUDENTS AS AUDIENCE

Tasks Using that typologylanguage

Consider the case study of geography at University College London page 17 ( ignore Oxford Brookes)

Donrsquot get lost in is this lsquogoodrsquo or lsquobadrsquo practice Letrsquos see it as lsquointeresting practicersquo

Using the language of the handout pages 6-7 what forms of teaching research links do you see there Research led research orientated research based andor research tutored

A Key Perspective

ldquoTeaching and research are correlated

when they are co-related hellipOne way

to achieve this is to exploit further

the link between teaching and

research in the design of coursesrdquo

(Brew A amp Boud D 1995)

Small Group Task pp 8-33 Consider how whether one or more of the

discipline case studies could be adapted to your context

21 Biosciences Physical Sciences and Medicine pp 7-12

22 Social Sciences pp 12-14

23 Business Law and Tourism pp 14-17

24 Geography and Environmental Studies pp 17-21

25 Archaeology and Earth Sciences pp 21-22

26 Arts Media Architecture and Performing Arts pp 22-24

27 English p p 24-25

27 History p25

28 Education and Philosophy pp 25-27

29 Interdisciplinary pp 27-29

Reporter ndash be ready to state one thing that is important about the relevance

of this case study to lsquoyourrsquo practice policyor worth saying about this

case study hellip

Task Course Design-see Annex 2 p 41

Ensure that students experience the process of

artistic and scientific productivity (Hattie and

Marsh 1996)

Group Reflection

Use the typology to examine lsquoyourrsquo current practice ndash as an

individual or member of a course team

What do you consider you are already doing effectively

What might you wish to strengthen or develop

Reporter to state ndash ONE thing worth saying to everybody here

that comes out of this task is hellip

Provisional planning

On the basis of the session so far

provisionally plan ONE intervention in your

own practicehellip

The central features are

Consider how to better ensure lsquosuccessrsquo

including recognising certain expected

difficulties

Taking this forward in your practiceDecide whom is an A and whom a B

A speaks and B listens 3 mins

What I am provisionally taking forward

into my own practice is hellip

B speaks and A listens hellip2 mins

Some suggestions I have are hellip

Now B speaks and A listens

B speaks and A listens 3 mins

What I am provisionally taking forward

into my own practice is hellip

A speaks and B listens hellip2 mins

Some suggestions I have are hellip

Disciplinary Perspectives

Why Disciplines Might Be Significant Logical Hypotheses

bull Disciplines are academic lsquocommunities of practicersquo

bull The nature ofextent of research in the discipline may varybe significant

bull The nature of the fundingorganisation of research in the discipline may

be significant

bull The nature ofrole of scholarship in the discipline may varybe significant

bull The nature of pedagogy in the discipline may be different

bull The nature of how research is taught in the discipline may be significant

bull The importance of research as taught in the discipline may be significant

bull The nature of the staff and or student culture across the discipline may be

significant

bull The importance of research to future student rolesemployability may be

significant

What is

research

Breaking new ground moving

forward exploration and

discovery

How visible is it Laboratories and machinery (ie

tools) but often behind closed

doors

Where is it

located

Out there at a higher level

Who does it Lecturers

Students experience of learning in a research environment Physics handout p 7

Source Robertson and Blackler (2006)

What is

research

Gathering information in the

world answering a question

How visible is it Most visible in the field

Where is it

located

Out there in the field

Who does it Lecturers and (increasingly over

time) students

Students experience of learning in a research environment Geography handout p 7

Source Robertson and Blackler (2006)

What is

research

Looking into gathering putting

it together a focus of interest

How visible is it Not tangibly visible but apparent

in the dialogue

Where is it

located

In the library in the head

Who does it Lecturers and students

Students experience of learning in a research environment English Handout p 7

Source Robertson and Blackler (2006)

Study of Physics and English faculty in two US institutions

In Physics the links lay in the way that undergraduates and

postgraduates could be involved in (staff) research for

much of the research was team basedthe potential and

actual links lay in the organisation of research and

pedagogy Much of the pedagogy was enquiry-based

In English the connections between research and scholarship

were strong indeed the distinctions between research

and scholarship were hard to drawThe teaching-research

connections lay more in the content of the curriculum

(Colbeck 1998)

Discuss teaching research relationships in your course team department or Faculty

Nexus rdquois a connection usually where multiple

elements meetrdquo Wikipedia

Teaching and research relations in my course

team department are like These analogies my

help

lsquolove and marriagersquo lsquo a horse and carriagersquo or

lsquostrangers in the nightrsquo (Sinatra F)

Departmental Relationships

One Research Study in UK Built Environment

departments (Urban Planning) Brookes

Sheffield Hallam Westminster and

University of West of England

Teaching was organised Research was

organised little was done to bring them

together

QAA Scotland Research Teaching Linkages httpwwwenhancementthemesacukdocumentsResearchTeachingQAA292Overview260509pdf

Areas for development

1048698 While there are wide-ranging innovative examples of practice and policy in all institutions

much of this is implicit and not systematically developed or supported

1048698 While the evidence was strong of effective examples of practice at final-year level(for example some

form of research project) institutions departments and schools need to ensure that

these research attributes are developed systematically through programmes in a

structured manner from year one

1048698 There is a sense that the issues were better understood and supported by staff heavily engaged in

teaching and not really understood or supported by those with a major focus on research

1048698 Attention needs to be given to ensuring that students are aware of and understand the

importance of research-based attributes for their future employability and success

as lifelong learners Course teams need to develop waysthat support students understanding

of these attributes and their belief in how they can aid their future employment and involvement

in civic life ( emphasis added)

Considering two case studies

Consider the case study of geography at University College London page 17 ( ignore Oxford Brookes) and Engineering at Imperial p 32

Donrsquot get lost in is this lsquogoodrsquo or lsquobadrsquo practice Letrsquos see it as lsquointeresting practicersquo

What that those departments done to try to bring together teaching and research

What are the similarities and the differences between their strategies

Group Task Departmental Case Studies pp 29-38

Discuss one or more of the case studies ndashand then agree on one

statement worth making as to its value to your

department(s) Faculty this institution

31 Biosciences Chemistry Medicine and Health Sciences

32 Engineering and Mathematics

33 Arts and Social Sciences

34 Geography Earth and Environmental Sciences

35 Developing research skills and academic practices

36 Re-designing Spaces

Note Annex One Linking Teaching and Research in Departments p 40

Questions and Strategies

bull Curriculum and research-based learning

bull Management organisational structure

and staffing at departmental level

bull Inclusive culture

Isssues of Multi and Interdisciplinarity

Internationally hellipfew students now do a single subject degree

Study of long term impact of a degree at Oxford Polytechnic Oxford Brookes

where students studied two subjects Selected geography students

interviewed 5101520 years after graduation

For many this was first time they had been asked to consider their overall

degree relationships between the two subjects they had studied

Jenkins A Jones L and Ward A ( 2001 ) The long -term effect of a degree on

graduate lives Studies in Higher Education 26(2)149-163

Two lsquosolutionsrsquo

Interdisciplinary seminars

Final Year Capstone Courses

httpwwwheacademyacukprojectsdetailntfs

ntfsproject_Gloucestershire10

Remember ldquoWe need to maximise the (potential) synergies and minimise the conflicts

This requires actions at a variety of levelsrdquo

Annex 1 Linking Teaching and Research in Departments

Questions and Strategies p 40

Annex 2 Strategies for Linking Teaching and Research within

Courses and Programmes p41

Annex 3 Institutional Strategies to Link Teaching and

Research A Framework p42

Annex 4 Possible strategies for national and international

organisations pp42-3

My conclusions

bull Understanding the complexity of knowledge lies at

the centre of what makes HIGHER education distinctive

bull That requires purposeful action at a variety of levels

bull In onersquos own teaching and to an extent at course team and

departmental level one does have some freedom of action And

perhaps you can in part shape your research to link with your

teaching

bull Bringing your teaching and research more effectively together can

help you balance what can be competing demands on your time and

attention

bull These issues will shape your whole careerif you are an early career

academic one needs now to focus on what is in your lsquocontrolrsquo but look

to the future hellip

A Conclusion

A Round One thing I am going to do in my own practice is hellip

One thing I am going to propose to my subject group is hellip

One thing we should do at Department Institutional level is hellip

One thing I want to say is hellip

Page 16: Task! Discussing the University web site… Ensure you all have session handout Discuss with those around you how this university conceives the roles of.

My Perspectives

bull Student lsquounderstandingrsquo of the complexity of knowledge lies at the centre of

higher education (Ron Barnett)

bull From the level of the academic the student hellip and the institution there are

tensions between teaching and research

bull We need to maximise the (potential) synergies and minimise the conflicts

bull This requires actions at a variety of levels

bull The link at undergraduate level is both most problematic and most important

bull If an institution has special roles eg researcher teacher tutor ndashthen one needs to

manage and ensure these roles are at some point linked to the benefit of students

wider society

bull There are important disciplinary lsquoprofessionalrsquo and institutional variations in

teaching research professional knowledge relations

bull Library and information technology staff can play key roles

bull Practices and policies can be adapted to different disciplinary institutional and

national contexts

Curriculum design as controlling a set of different goals forces

Healey and Jenkins argue hellip

All students in all higher education institutions should experience

learning through and about research and inquiry

We argue as does much recent US experience that such curricular

experience should and can be mainstreamed for all or many

students through a research-active curriculum We argue that

this can be achieved through structured interventions at course

team departmental institutional and national levels

(2009p3) Developing Undergraduate Research and Inquiry York

Higher Education Academy

A lsquoLanguagersquo to Help Us Examine What We Do-see handout pp 6-7

bull Research-led where students learn about research findings the

curriculum content is strongly shaped by faculty research

interestscurrent research in the discipline

bull Research-oriented where students learn about research

processes the curriculum emphasises as much the processes by

which knowledge is produced as learning knowledge that has been

achieved and faculty try to engender a research ethos through

their teaching or

bull Research-based where students learn as researchers the

curriculum is largely designed around inquiry-based activities and

the division of roles between teacher and student is minimised

bull Research tutored where students supported by staff in small

group discuss current research ( papers) in their discipline

Research-tutored

Engaging in research discussions

Research-based

Students undertaking research and inquiry

Research-led

Learning about current research in the discipline

Research-oriented

Developing research inquiry and techniques

STUDENT-FOCUSED

STUDENTS AS PARTICIPANTS

EMPHASIS ON RESEARCH CONTENT

EMPHASIS ON RESEARCH PROCESSES AND PROBLEMS

TEACHER-FOCUSED

STUDENTS AS AUDIENCE

Tasks Using that typologylanguage

Consider the case study of geography at University College London page 17 ( ignore Oxford Brookes)

Donrsquot get lost in is this lsquogoodrsquo or lsquobadrsquo practice Letrsquos see it as lsquointeresting practicersquo

Using the language of the handout pages 6-7 what forms of teaching research links do you see there Research led research orientated research based andor research tutored

A Key Perspective

ldquoTeaching and research are correlated

when they are co-related hellipOne way

to achieve this is to exploit further

the link between teaching and

research in the design of coursesrdquo

(Brew A amp Boud D 1995)

Small Group Task pp 8-33 Consider how whether one or more of the

discipline case studies could be adapted to your context

21 Biosciences Physical Sciences and Medicine pp 7-12

22 Social Sciences pp 12-14

23 Business Law and Tourism pp 14-17

24 Geography and Environmental Studies pp 17-21

25 Archaeology and Earth Sciences pp 21-22

26 Arts Media Architecture and Performing Arts pp 22-24

27 English p p 24-25

27 History p25

28 Education and Philosophy pp 25-27

29 Interdisciplinary pp 27-29

Reporter ndash be ready to state one thing that is important about the relevance

of this case study to lsquoyourrsquo practice policyor worth saying about this

case study hellip

Task Course Design-see Annex 2 p 41

Ensure that students experience the process of

artistic and scientific productivity (Hattie and

Marsh 1996)

Group Reflection

Use the typology to examine lsquoyourrsquo current practice ndash as an

individual or member of a course team

What do you consider you are already doing effectively

What might you wish to strengthen or develop

Reporter to state ndash ONE thing worth saying to everybody here

that comes out of this task is hellip

Provisional planning

On the basis of the session so far

provisionally plan ONE intervention in your

own practicehellip

The central features are

Consider how to better ensure lsquosuccessrsquo

including recognising certain expected

difficulties

Taking this forward in your practiceDecide whom is an A and whom a B

A speaks and B listens 3 mins

What I am provisionally taking forward

into my own practice is hellip

B speaks and A listens hellip2 mins

Some suggestions I have are hellip

Now B speaks and A listens

B speaks and A listens 3 mins

What I am provisionally taking forward

into my own practice is hellip

A speaks and B listens hellip2 mins

Some suggestions I have are hellip

Disciplinary Perspectives

Why Disciplines Might Be Significant Logical Hypotheses

bull Disciplines are academic lsquocommunities of practicersquo

bull The nature ofextent of research in the discipline may varybe significant

bull The nature of the fundingorganisation of research in the discipline may

be significant

bull The nature ofrole of scholarship in the discipline may varybe significant

bull The nature of pedagogy in the discipline may be different

bull The nature of how research is taught in the discipline may be significant

bull The importance of research as taught in the discipline may be significant

bull The nature of the staff and or student culture across the discipline may be

significant

bull The importance of research to future student rolesemployability may be

significant

What is

research

Breaking new ground moving

forward exploration and

discovery

How visible is it Laboratories and machinery (ie

tools) but often behind closed

doors

Where is it

located

Out there at a higher level

Who does it Lecturers

Students experience of learning in a research environment Physics handout p 7

Source Robertson and Blackler (2006)

What is

research

Gathering information in the

world answering a question

How visible is it Most visible in the field

Where is it

located

Out there in the field

Who does it Lecturers and (increasingly over

time) students

Students experience of learning in a research environment Geography handout p 7

Source Robertson and Blackler (2006)

What is

research

Looking into gathering putting

it together a focus of interest

How visible is it Not tangibly visible but apparent

in the dialogue

Where is it

located

In the library in the head

Who does it Lecturers and students

Students experience of learning in a research environment English Handout p 7

Source Robertson and Blackler (2006)

Study of Physics and English faculty in two US institutions

In Physics the links lay in the way that undergraduates and

postgraduates could be involved in (staff) research for

much of the research was team basedthe potential and

actual links lay in the organisation of research and

pedagogy Much of the pedagogy was enquiry-based

In English the connections between research and scholarship

were strong indeed the distinctions between research

and scholarship were hard to drawThe teaching-research

connections lay more in the content of the curriculum

(Colbeck 1998)

Discuss teaching research relationships in your course team department or Faculty

Nexus rdquois a connection usually where multiple

elements meetrdquo Wikipedia

Teaching and research relations in my course

team department are like These analogies my

help

lsquolove and marriagersquo lsquo a horse and carriagersquo or

lsquostrangers in the nightrsquo (Sinatra F)

Departmental Relationships

One Research Study in UK Built Environment

departments (Urban Planning) Brookes

Sheffield Hallam Westminster and

University of West of England

Teaching was organised Research was

organised little was done to bring them

together

QAA Scotland Research Teaching Linkages httpwwwenhancementthemesacukdocumentsResearchTeachingQAA292Overview260509pdf

Areas for development

1048698 While there are wide-ranging innovative examples of practice and policy in all institutions

much of this is implicit and not systematically developed or supported

1048698 While the evidence was strong of effective examples of practice at final-year level(for example some

form of research project) institutions departments and schools need to ensure that

these research attributes are developed systematically through programmes in a

structured manner from year one

1048698 There is a sense that the issues were better understood and supported by staff heavily engaged in

teaching and not really understood or supported by those with a major focus on research

1048698 Attention needs to be given to ensuring that students are aware of and understand the

importance of research-based attributes for their future employability and success

as lifelong learners Course teams need to develop waysthat support students understanding

of these attributes and their belief in how they can aid their future employment and involvement

in civic life ( emphasis added)

Considering two case studies

Consider the case study of geography at University College London page 17 ( ignore Oxford Brookes) and Engineering at Imperial p 32

Donrsquot get lost in is this lsquogoodrsquo or lsquobadrsquo practice Letrsquos see it as lsquointeresting practicersquo

What that those departments done to try to bring together teaching and research

What are the similarities and the differences between their strategies

Group Task Departmental Case Studies pp 29-38

Discuss one or more of the case studies ndashand then agree on one

statement worth making as to its value to your

department(s) Faculty this institution

31 Biosciences Chemistry Medicine and Health Sciences

32 Engineering and Mathematics

33 Arts and Social Sciences

34 Geography Earth and Environmental Sciences

35 Developing research skills and academic practices

36 Re-designing Spaces

Note Annex One Linking Teaching and Research in Departments p 40

Questions and Strategies

bull Curriculum and research-based learning

bull Management organisational structure

and staffing at departmental level

bull Inclusive culture

Isssues of Multi and Interdisciplinarity

Internationally hellipfew students now do a single subject degree

Study of long term impact of a degree at Oxford Polytechnic Oxford Brookes

where students studied two subjects Selected geography students

interviewed 5101520 years after graduation

For many this was first time they had been asked to consider their overall

degree relationships between the two subjects they had studied

Jenkins A Jones L and Ward A ( 2001 ) The long -term effect of a degree on

graduate lives Studies in Higher Education 26(2)149-163

Two lsquosolutionsrsquo

Interdisciplinary seminars

Final Year Capstone Courses

httpwwwheacademyacukprojectsdetailntfs

ntfsproject_Gloucestershire10

Remember ldquoWe need to maximise the (potential) synergies and minimise the conflicts

This requires actions at a variety of levelsrdquo

Annex 1 Linking Teaching and Research in Departments

Questions and Strategies p 40

Annex 2 Strategies for Linking Teaching and Research within

Courses and Programmes p41

Annex 3 Institutional Strategies to Link Teaching and

Research A Framework p42

Annex 4 Possible strategies for national and international

organisations pp42-3

My conclusions

bull Understanding the complexity of knowledge lies at

the centre of what makes HIGHER education distinctive

bull That requires purposeful action at a variety of levels

bull In onersquos own teaching and to an extent at course team and

departmental level one does have some freedom of action And

perhaps you can in part shape your research to link with your

teaching

bull Bringing your teaching and research more effectively together can

help you balance what can be competing demands on your time and

attention

bull These issues will shape your whole careerif you are an early career

academic one needs now to focus on what is in your lsquocontrolrsquo but look

to the future hellip

A Conclusion

A Round One thing I am going to do in my own practice is hellip

One thing I am going to propose to my subject group is hellip

One thing we should do at Department Institutional level is hellip

One thing I want to say is hellip

Page 17: Task! Discussing the University web site… Ensure you all have session handout Discuss with those around you how this university conceives the roles of.

Curriculum design as controlling a set of different goals forces

Healey and Jenkins argue hellip

All students in all higher education institutions should experience

learning through and about research and inquiry

We argue as does much recent US experience that such curricular

experience should and can be mainstreamed for all or many

students through a research-active curriculum We argue that

this can be achieved through structured interventions at course

team departmental institutional and national levels

(2009p3) Developing Undergraduate Research and Inquiry York

Higher Education Academy

A lsquoLanguagersquo to Help Us Examine What We Do-see handout pp 6-7

bull Research-led where students learn about research findings the

curriculum content is strongly shaped by faculty research

interestscurrent research in the discipline

bull Research-oriented where students learn about research

processes the curriculum emphasises as much the processes by

which knowledge is produced as learning knowledge that has been

achieved and faculty try to engender a research ethos through

their teaching or

bull Research-based where students learn as researchers the

curriculum is largely designed around inquiry-based activities and

the division of roles between teacher and student is minimised

bull Research tutored where students supported by staff in small

group discuss current research ( papers) in their discipline

Research-tutored

Engaging in research discussions

Research-based

Students undertaking research and inquiry

Research-led

Learning about current research in the discipline

Research-oriented

Developing research inquiry and techniques

STUDENT-FOCUSED

STUDENTS AS PARTICIPANTS

EMPHASIS ON RESEARCH CONTENT

EMPHASIS ON RESEARCH PROCESSES AND PROBLEMS

TEACHER-FOCUSED

STUDENTS AS AUDIENCE

Tasks Using that typologylanguage

Consider the case study of geography at University College London page 17 ( ignore Oxford Brookes)

Donrsquot get lost in is this lsquogoodrsquo or lsquobadrsquo practice Letrsquos see it as lsquointeresting practicersquo

Using the language of the handout pages 6-7 what forms of teaching research links do you see there Research led research orientated research based andor research tutored

A Key Perspective

ldquoTeaching and research are correlated

when they are co-related hellipOne way

to achieve this is to exploit further

the link between teaching and

research in the design of coursesrdquo

(Brew A amp Boud D 1995)

Small Group Task pp 8-33 Consider how whether one or more of the

discipline case studies could be adapted to your context

21 Biosciences Physical Sciences and Medicine pp 7-12

22 Social Sciences pp 12-14

23 Business Law and Tourism pp 14-17

24 Geography and Environmental Studies pp 17-21

25 Archaeology and Earth Sciences pp 21-22

26 Arts Media Architecture and Performing Arts pp 22-24

27 English p p 24-25

27 History p25

28 Education and Philosophy pp 25-27

29 Interdisciplinary pp 27-29

Reporter ndash be ready to state one thing that is important about the relevance

of this case study to lsquoyourrsquo practice policyor worth saying about this

case study hellip

Task Course Design-see Annex 2 p 41

Ensure that students experience the process of

artistic and scientific productivity (Hattie and

Marsh 1996)

Group Reflection

Use the typology to examine lsquoyourrsquo current practice ndash as an

individual or member of a course team

What do you consider you are already doing effectively

What might you wish to strengthen or develop

Reporter to state ndash ONE thing worth saying to everybody here

that comes out of this task is hellip

Provisional planning

On the basis of the session so far

provisionally plan ONE intervention in your

own practicehellip

The central features are

Consider how to better ensure lsquosuccessrsquo

including recognising certain expected

difficulties

Taking this forward in your practiceDecide whom is an A and whom a B

A speaks and B listens 3 mins

What I am provisionally taking forward

into my own practice is hellip

B speaks and A listens hellip2 mins

Some suggestions I have are hellip

Now B speaks and A listens

B speaks and A listens 3 mins

What I am provisionally taking forward

into my own practice is hellip

A speaks and B listens hellip2 mins

Some suggestions I have are hellip

Disciplinary Perspectives

Why Disciplines Might Be Significant Logical Hypotheses

bull Disciplines are academic lsquocommunities of practicersquo

bull The nature ofextent of research in the discipline may varybe significant

bull The nature of the fundingorganisation of research in the discipline may

be significant

bull The nature ofrole of scholarship in the discipline may varybe significant

bull The nature of pedagogy in the discipline may be different

bull The nature of how research is taught in the discipline may be significant

bull The importance of research as taught in the discipline may be significant

bull The nature of the staff and or student culture across the discipline may be

significant

bull The importance of research to future student rolesemployability may be

significant

What is

research

Breaking new ground moving

forward exploration and

discovery

How visible is it Laboratories and machinery (ie

tools) but often behind closed

doors

Where is it

located

Out there at a higher level

Who does it Lecturers

Students experience of learning in a research environment Physics handout p 7

Source Robertson and Blackler (2006)

What is

research

Gathering information in the

world answering a question

How visible is it Most visible in the field

Where is it

located

Out there in the field

Who does it Lecturers and (increasingly over

time) students

Students experience of learning in a research environment Geography handout p 7

Source Robertson and Blackler (2006)

What is

research

Looking into gathering putting

it together a focus of interest

How visible is it Not tangibly visible but apparent

in the dialogue

Where is it

located

In the library in the head

Who does it Lecturers and students

Students experience of learning in a research environment English Handout p 7

Source Robertson and Blackler (2006)

Study of Physics and English faculty in two US institutions

In Physics the links lay in the way that undergraduates and

postgraduates could be involved in (staff) research for

much of the research was team basedthe potential and

actual links lay in the organisation of research and

pedagogy Much of the pedagogy was enquiry-based

In English the connections between research and scholarship

were strong indeed the distinctions between research

and scholarship were hard to drawThe teaching-research

connections lay more in the content of the curriculum

(Colbeck 1998)

Discuss teaching research relationships in your course team department or Faculty

Nexus rdquois a connection usually where multiple

elements meetrdquo Wikipedia

Teaching and research relations in my course

team department are like These analogies my

help

lsquolove and marriagersquo lsquo a horse and carriagersquo or

lsquostrangers in the nightrsquo (Sinatra F)

Departmental Relationships

One Research Study in UK Built Environment

departments (Urban Planning) Brookes

Sheffield Hallam Westminster and

University of West of England

Teaching was organised Research was

organised little was done to bring them

together

QAA Scotland Research Teaching Linkages httpwwwenhancementthemesacukdocumentsResearchTeachingQAA292Overview260509pdf

Areas for development

1048698 While there are wide-ranging innovative examples of practice and policy in all institutions

much of this is implicit and not systematically developed or supported

1048698 While the evidence was strong of effective examples of practice at final-year level(for example some

form of research project) institutions departments and schools need to ensure that

these research attributes are developed systematically through programmes in a

structured manner from year one

1048698 There is a sense that the issues were better understood and supported by staff heavily engaged in

teaching and not really understood or supported by those with a major focus on research

1048698 Attention needs to be given to ensuring that students are aware of and understand the

importance of research-based attributes for their future employability and success

as lifelong learners Course teams need to develop waysthat support students understanding

of these attributes and their belief in how they can aid their future employment and involvement

in civic life ( emphasis added)

Considering two case studies

Consider the case study of geography at University College London page 17 ( ignore Oxford Brookes) and Engineering at Imperial p 32

Donrsquot get lost in is this lsquogoodrsquo or lsquobadrsquo practice Letrsquos see it as lsquointeresting practicersquo

What that those departments done to try to bring together teaching and research

What are the similarities and the differences between their strategies

Group Task Departmental Case Studies pp 29-38

Discuss one or more of the case studies ndashand then agree on one

statement worth making as to its value to your

department(s) Faculty this institution

31 Biosciences Chemistry Medicine and Health Sciences

32 Engineering and Mathematics

33 Arts and Social Sciences

34 Geography Earth and Environmental Sciences

35 Developing research skills and academic practices

36 Re-designing Spaces

Note Annex One Linking Teaching and Research in Departments p 40

Questions and Strategies

bull Curriculum and research-based learning

bull Management organisational structure

and staffing at departmental level

bull Inclusive culture

Isssues of Multi and Interdisciplinarity

Internationally hellipfew students now do a single subject degree

Study of long term impact of a degree at Oxford Polytechnic Oxford Brookes

where students studied two subjects Selected geography students

interviewed 5101520 years after graduation

For many this was first time they had been asked to consider their overall

degree relationships between the two subjects they had studied

Jenkins A Jones L and Ward A ( 2001 ) The long -term effect of a degree on

graduate lives Studies in Higher Education 26(2)149-163

Two lsquosolutionsrsquo

Interdisciplinary seminars

Final Year Capstone Courses

httpwwwheacademyacukprojectsdetailntfs

ntfsproject_Gloucestershire10

Remember ldquoWe need to maximise the (potential) synergies and minimise the conflicts

This requires actions at a variety of levelsrdquo

Annex 1 Linking Teaching and Research in Departments

Questions and Strategies p 40

Annex 2 Strategies for Linking Teaching and Research within

Courses and Programmes p41

Annex 3 Institutional Strategies to Link Teaching and

Research A Framework p42

Annex 4 Possible strategies for national and international

organisations pp42-3

My conclusions

bull Understanding the complexity of knowledge lies at

the centre of what makes HIGHER education distinctive

bull That requires purposeful action at a variety of levels

bull In onersquos own teaching and to an extent at course team and

departmental level one does have some freedom of action And

perhaps you can in part shape your research to link with your

teaching

bull Bringing your teaching and research more effectively together can

help you balance what can be competing demands on your time and

attention

bull These issues will shape your whole careerif you are an early career

academic one needs now to focus on what is in your lsquocontrolrsquo but look

to the future hellip

A Conclusion

A Round One thing I am going to do in my own practice is hellip

One thing I am going to propose to my subject group is hellip

One thing we should do at Department Institutional level is hellip

One thing I want to say is hellip

Page 18: Task! Discussing the University web site… Ensure you all have session handout Discuss with those around you how this university conceives the roles of.

Healey and Jenkins argue hellip

All students in all higher education institutions should experience

learning through and about research and inquiry

We argue as does much recent US experience that such curricular

experience should and can be mainstreamed for all or many

students through a research-active curriculum We argue that

this can be achieved through structured interventions at course

team departmental institutional and national levels

(2009p3) Developing Undergraduate Research and Inquiry York

Higher Education Academy

A lsquoLanguagersquo to Help Us Examine What We Do-see handout pp 6-7

bull Research-led where students learn about research findings the

curriculum content is strongly shaped by faculty research

interestscurrent research in the discipline

bull Research-oriented where students learn about research

processes the curriculum emphasises as much the processes by

which knowledge is produced as learning knowledge that has been

achieved and faculty try to engender a research ethos through

their teaching or

bull Research-based where students learn as researchers the

curriculum is largely designed around inquiry-based activities and

the division of roles between teacher and student is minimised

bull Research tutored where students supported by staff in small

group discuss current research ( papers) in their discipline

Research-tutored

Engaging in research discussions

Research-based

Students undertaking research and inquiry

Research-led

Learning about current research in the discipline

Research-oriented

Developing research inquiry and techniques

STUDENT-FOCUSED

STUDENTS AS PARTICIPANTS

EMPHASIS ON RESEARCH CONTENT

EMPHASIS ON RESEARCH PROCESSES AND PROBLEMS

TEACHER-FOCUSED

STUDENTS AS AUDIENCE

Tasks Using that typologylanguage

Consider the case study of geography at University College London page 17 ( ignore Oxford Brookes)

Donrsquot get lost in is this lsquogoodrsquo or lsquobadrsquo practice Letrsquos see it as lsquointeresting practicersquo

Using the language of the handout pages 6-7 what forms of teaching research links do you see there Research led research orientated research based andor research tutored

A Key Perspective

ldquoTeaching and research are correlated

when they are co-related hellipOne way

to achieve this is to exploit further

the link between teaching and

research in the design of coursesrdquo

(Brew A amp Boud D 1995)

Small Group Task pp 8-33 Consider how whether one or more of the

discipline case studies could be adapted to your context

21 Biosciences Physical Sciences and Medicine pp 7-12

22 Social Sciences pp 12-14

23 Business Law and Tourism pp 14-17

24 Geography and Environmental Studies pp 17-21

25 Archaeology and Earth Sciences pp 21-22

26 Arts Media Architecture and Performing Arts pp 22-24

27 English p p 24-25

27 History p25

28 Education and Philosophy pp 25-27

29 Interdisciplinary pp 27-29

Reporter ndash be ready to state one thing that is important about the relevance

of this case study to lsquoyourrsquo practice policyor worth saying about this

case study hellip

Task Course Design-see Annex 2 p 41

Ensure that students experience the process of

artistic and scientific productivity (Hattie and

Marsh 1996)

Group Reflection

Use the typology to examine lsquoyourrsquo current practice ndash as an

individual or member of a course team

What do you consider you are already doing effectively

What might you wish to strengthen or develop

Reporter to state ndash ONE thing worth saying to everybody here

that comes out of this task is hellip

Provisional planning

On the basis of the session so far

provisionally plan ONE intervention in your

own practicehellip

The central features are

Consider how to better ensure lsquosuccessrsquo

including recognising certain expected

difficulties

Taking this forward in your practiceDecide whom is an A and whom a B

A speaks and B listens 3 mins

What I am provisionally taking forward

into my own practice is hellip

B speaks and A listens hellip2 mins

Some suggestions I have are hellip

Now B speaks and A listens

B speaks and A listens 3 mins

What I am provisionally taking forward

into my own practice is hellip

A speaks and B listens hellip2 mins

Some suggestions I have are hellip

Disciplinary Perspectives

Why Disciplines Might Be Significant Logical Hypotheses

bull Disciplines are academic lsquocommunities of practicersquo

bull The nature ofextent of research in the discipline may varybe significant

bull The nature of the fundingorganisation of research in the discipline may

be significant

bull The nature ofrole of scholarship in the discipline may varybe significant

bull The nature of pedagogy in the discipline may be different

bull The nature of how research is taught in the discipline may be significant

bull The importance of research as taught in the discipline may be significant

bull The nature of the staff and or student culture across the discipline may be

significant

bull The importance of research to future student rolesemployability may be

significant

What is

research

Breaking new ground moving

forward exploration and

discovery

How visible is it Laboratories and machinery (ie

tools) but often behind closed

doors

Where is it

located

Out there at a higher level

Who does it Lecturers

Students experience of learning in a research environment Physics handout p 7

Source Robertson and Blackler (2006)

What is

research

Gathering information in the

world answering a question

How visible is it Most visible in the field

Where is it

located

Out there in the field

Who does it Lecturers and (increasingly over

time) students

Students experience of learning in a research environment Geography handout p 7

Source Robertson and Blackler (2006)

What is

research

Looking into gathering putting

it together a focus of interest

How visible is it Not tangibly visible but apparent

in the dialogue

Where is it

located

In the library in the head

Who does it Lecturers and students

Students experience of learning in a research environment English Handout p 7

Source Robertson and Blackler (2006)

Study of Physics and English faculty in two US institutions

In Physics the links lay in the way that undergraduates and

postgraduates could be involved in (staff) research for

much of the research was team basedthe potential and

actual links lay in the organisation of research and

pedagogy Much of the pedagogy was enquiry-based

In English the connections between research and scholarship

were strong indeed the distinctions between research

and scholarship were hard to drawThe teaching-research

connections lay more in the content of the curriculum

(Colbeck 1998)

Discuss teaching research relationships in your course team department or Faculty

Nexus rdquois a connection usually where multiple

elements meetrdquo Wikipedia

Teaching and research relations in my course

team department are like These analogies my

help

lsquolove and marriagersquo lsquo a horse and carriagersquo or

lsquostrangers in the nightrsquo (Sinatra F)

Departmental Relationships

One Research Study in UK Built Environment

departments (Urban Planning) Brookes

Sheffield Hallam Westminster and

University of West of England

Teaching was organised Research was

organised little was done to bring them

together

QAA Scotland Research Teaching Linkages httpwwwenhancementthemesacukdocumentsResearchTeachingQAA292Overview260509pdf

Areas for development

1048698 While there are wide-ranging innovative examples of practice and policy in all institutions

much of this is implicit and not systematically developed or supported

1048698 While the evidence was strong of effective examples of practice at final-year level(for example some

form of research project) institutions departments and schools need to ensure that

these research attributes are developed systematically through programmes in a

structured manner from year one

1048698 There is a sense that the issues were better understood and supported by staff heavily engaged in

teaching and not really understood or supported by those with a major focus on research

1048698 Attention needs to be given to ensuring that students are aware of and understand the

importance of research-based attributes for their future employability and success

as lifelong learners Course teams need to develop waysthat support students understanding

of these attributes and their belief in how they can aid their future employment and involvement

in civic life ( emphasis added)

Considering two case studies

Consider the case study of geography at University College London page 17 ( ignore Oxford Brookes) and Engineering at Imperial p 32

Donrsquot get lost in is this lsquogoodrsquo or lsquobadrsquo practice Letrsquos see it as lsquointeresting practicersquo

What that those departments done to try to bring together teaching and research

What are the similarities and the differences between their strategies

Group Task Departmental Case Studies pp 29-38

Discuss one or more of the case studies ndashand then agree on one

statement worth making as to its value to your

department(s) Faculty this institution

31 Biosciences Chemistry Medicine and Health Sciences

32 Engineering and Mathematics

33 Arts and Social Sciences

34 Geography Earth and Environmental Sciences

35 Developing research skills and academic practices

36 Re-designing Spaces

Note Annex One Linking Teaching and Research in Departments p 40

Questions and Strategies

bull Curriculum and research-based learning

bull Management organisational structure

and staffing at departmental level

bull Inclusive culture

Isssues of Multi and Interdisciplinarity

Internationally hellipfew students now do a single subject degree

Study of long term impact of a degree at Oxford Polytechnic Oxford Brookes

where students studied two subjects Selected geography students

interviewed 5101520 years after graduation

For many this was first time they had been asked to consider their overall

degree relationships between the two subjects they had studied

Jenkins A Jones L and Ward A ( 2001 ) The long -term effect of a degree on

graduate lives Studies in Higher Education 26(2)149-163

Two lsquosolutionsrsquo

Interdisciplinary seminars

Final Year Capstone Courses

httpwwwheacademyacukprojectsdetailntfs

ntfsproject_Gloucestershire10

Remember ldquoWe need to maximise the (potential) synergies and minimise the conflicts

This requires actions at a variety of levelsrdquo

Annex 1 Linking Teaching and Research in Departments

Questions and Strategies p 40

Annex 2 Strategies for Linking Teaching and Research within

Courses and Programmes p41

Annex 3 Institutional Strategies to Link Teaching and

Research A Framework p42

Annex 4 Possible strategies for national and international

organisations pp42-3

My conclusions

bull Understanding the complexity of knowledge lies at

the centre of what makes HIGHER education distinctive

bull That requires purposeful action at a variety of levels

bull In onersquos own teaching and to an extent at course team and

departmental level one does have some freedom of action And

perhaps you can in part shape your research to link with your

teaching

bull Bringing your teaching and research more effectively together can

help you balance what can be competing demands on your time and

attention

bull These issues will shape your whole careerif you are an early career

academic one needs now to focus on what is in your lsquocontrolrsquo but look

to the future hellip

A Conclusion

A Round One thing I am going to do in my own practice is hellip

One thing I am going to propose to my subject group is hellip

One thing we should do at Department Institutional level is hellip

One thing I want to say is hellip

Page 19: Task! Discussing the University web site… Ensure you all have session handout Discuss with those around you how this university conceives the roles of.

A lsquoLanguagersquo to Help Us Examine What We Do-see handout pp 6-7

bull Research-led where students learn about research findings the

curriculum content is strongly shaped by faculty research

interestscurrent research in the discipline

bull Research-oriented where students learn about research

processes the curriculum emphasises as much the processes by

which knowledge is produced as learning knowledge that has been

achieved and faculty try to engender a research ethos through

their teaching or

bull Research-based where students learn as researchers the

curriculum is largely designed around inquiry-based activities and

the division of roles between teacher and student is minimised

bull Research tutored where students supported by staff in small

group discuss current research ( papers) in their discipline

Research-tutored

Engaging in research discussions

Research-based

Students undertaking research and inquiry

Research-led

Learning about current research in the discipline

Research-oriented

Developing research inquiry and techniques

STUDENT-FOCUSED

STUDENTS AS PARTICIPANTS

EMPHASIS ON RESEARCH CONTENT

EMPHASIS ON RESEARCH PROCESSES AND PROBLEMS

TEACHER-FOCUSED

STUDENTS AS AUDIENCE

Tasks Using that typologylanguage

Consider the case study of geography at University College London page 17 ( ignore Oxford Brookes)

Donrsquot get lost in is this lsquogoodrsquo or lsquobadrsquo practice Letrsquos see it as lsquointeresting practicersquo

Using the language of the handout pages 6-7 what forms of teaching research links do you see there Research led research orientated research based andor research tutored

A Key Perspective

ldquoTeaching and research are correlated

when they are co-related hellipOne way

to achieve this is to exploit further

the link between teaching and

research in the design of coursesrdquo

(Brew A amp Boud D 1995)

Small Group Task pp 8-33 Consider how whether one or more of the

discipline case studies could be adapted to your context

21 Biosciences Physical Sciences and Medicine pp 7-12

22 Social Sciences pp 12-14

23 Business Law and Tourism pp 14-17

24 Geography and Environmental Studies pp 17-21

25 Archaeology and Earth Sciences pp 21-22

26 Arts Media Architecture and Performing Arts pp 22-24

27 English p p 24-25

27 History p25

28 Education and Philosophy pp 25-27

29 Interdisciplinary pp 27-29

Reporter ndash be ready to state one thing that is important about the relevance

of this case study to lsquoyourrsquo practice policyor worth saying about this

case study hellip

Task Course Design-see Annex 2 p 41

Ensure that students experience the process of

artistic and scientific productivity (Hattie and

Marsh 1996)

Group Reflection

Use the typology to examine lsquoyourrsquo current practice ndash as an

individual or member of a course team

What do you consider you are already doing effectively

What might you wish to strengthen or develop

Reporter to state ndash ONE thing worth saying to everybody here

that comes out of this task is hellip

Provisional planning

On the basis of the session so far

provisionally plan ONE intervention in your

own practicehellip

The central features are

Consider how to better ensure lsquosuccessrsquo

including recognising certain expected

difficulties

Taking this forward in your practiceDecide whom is an A and whom a B

A speaks and B listens 3 mins

What I am provisionally taking forward

into my own practice is hellip

B speaks and A listens hellip2 mins

Some suggestions I have are hellip

Now B speaks and A listens

B speaks and A listens 3 mins

What I am provisionally taking forward

into my own practice is hellip

A speaks and B listens hellip2 mins

Some suggestions I have are hellip

Disciplinary Perspectives

Why Disciplines Might Be Significant Logical Hypotheses

bull Disciplines are academic lsquocommunities of practicersquo

bull The nature ofextent of research in the discipline may varybe significant

bull The nature of the fundingorganisation of research in the discipline may

be significant

bull The nature ofrole of scholarship in the discipline may varybe significant

bull The nature of pedagogy in the discipline may be different

bull The nature of how research is taught in the discipline may be significant

bull The importance of research as taught in the discipline may be significant

bull The nature of the staff and or student culture across the discipline may be

significant

bull The importance of research to future student rolesemployability may be

significant

What is

research

Breaking new ground moving

forward exploration and

discovery

How visible is it Laboratories and machinery (ie

tools) but often behind closed

doors

Where is it

located

Out there at a higher level

Who does it Lecturers

Students experience of learning in a research environment Physics handout p 7

Source Robertson and Blackler (2006)

What is

research

Gathering information in the

world answering a question

How visible is it Most visible in the field

Where is it

located

Out there in the field

Who does it Lecturers and (increasingly over

time) students

Students experience of learning in a research environment Geography handout p 7

Source Robertson and Blackler (2006)

What is

research

Looking into gathering putting

it together a focus of interest

How visible is it Not tangibly visible but apparent

in the dialogue

Where is it

located

In the library in the head

Who does it Lecturers and students

Students experience of learning in a research environment English Handout p 7

Source Robertson and Blackler (2006)

Study of Physics and English faculty in two US institutions

In Physics the links lay in the way that undergraduates and

postgraduates could be involved in (staff) research for

much of the research was team basedthe potential and

actual links lay in the organisation of research and

pedagogy Much of the pedagogy was enquiry-based

In English the connections between research and scholarship

were strong indeed the distinctions between research

and scholarship were hard to drawThe teaching-research

connections lay more in the content of the curriculum

(Colbeck 1998)

Discuss teaching research relationships in your course team department or Faculty

Nexus rdquois a connection usually where multiple

elements meetrdquo Wikipedia

Teaching and research relations in my course

team department are like These analogies my

help

lsquolove and marriagersquo lsquo a horse and carriagersquo or

lsquostrangers in the nightrsquo (Sinatra F)

Departmental Relationships

One Research Study in UK Built Environment

departments (Urban Planning) Brookes

Sheffield Hallam Westminster and

University of West of England

Teaching was organised Research was

organised little was done to bring them

together

QAA Scotland Research Teaching Linkages httpwwwenhancementthemesacukdocumentsResearchTeachingQAA292Overview260509pdf

Areas for development

1048698 While there are wide-ranging innovative examples of practice and policy in all institutions

much of this is implicit and not systematically developed or supported

1048698 While the evidence was strong of effective examples of practice at final-year level(for example some

form of research project) institutions departments and schools need to ensure that

these research attributes are developed systematically through programmes in a

structured manner from year one

1048698 There is a sense that the issues were better understood and supported by staff heavily engaged in

teaching and not really understood or supported by those with a major focus on research

1048698 Attention needs to be given to ensuring that students are aware of and understand the

importance of research-based attributes for their future employability and success

as lifelong learners Course teams need to develop waysthat support students understanding

of these attributes and their belief in how they can aid their future employment and involvement

in civic life ( emphasis added)

Considering two case studies

Consider the case study of geography at University College London page 17 ( ignore Oxford Brookes) and Engineering at Imperial p 32

Donrsquot get lost in is this lsquogoodrsquo or lsquobadrsquo practice Letrsquos see it as lsquointeresting practicersquo

What that those departments done to try to bring together teaching and research

What are the similarities and the differences between their strategies

Group Task Departmental Case Studies pp 29-38

Discuss one or more of the case studies ndashand then agree on one

statement worth making as to its value to your

department(s) Faculty this institution

31 Biosciences Chemistry Medicine and Health Sciences

32 Engineering and Mathematics

33 Arts and Social Sciences

34 Geography Earth and Environmental Sciences

35 Developing research skills and academic practices

36 Re-designing Spaces

Note Annex One Linking Teaching and Research in Departments p 40

Questions and Strategies

bull Curriculum and research-based learning

bull Management organisational structure

and staffing at departmental level

bull Inclusive culture

Isssues of Multi and Interdisciplinarity

Internationally hellipfew students now do a single subject degree

Study of long term impact of a degree at Oxford Polytechnic Oxford Brookes

where students studied two subjects Selected geography students

interviewed 5101520 years after graduation

For many this was first time they had been asked to consider their overall

degree relationships between the two subjects they had studied

Jenkins A Jones L and Ward A ( 2001 ) The long -term effect of a degree on

graduate lives Studies in Higher Education 26(2)149-163

Two lsquosolutionsrsquo

Interdisciplinary seminars

Final Year Capstone Courses

httpwwwheacademyacukprojectsdetailntfs

ntfsproject_Gloucestershire10

Remember ldquoWe need to maximise the (potential) synergies and minimise the conflicts

This requires actions at a variety of levelsrdquo

Annex 1 Linking Teaching and Research in Departments

Questions and Strategies p 40

Annex 2 Strategies for Linking Teaching and Research within

Courses and Programmes p41

Annex 3 Institutional Strategies to Link Teaching and

Research A Framework p42

Annex 4 Possible strategies for national and international

organisations pp42-3

My conclusions

bull Understanding the complexity of knowledge lies at

the centre of what makes HIGHER education distinctive

bull That requires purposeful action at a variety of levels

bull In onersquos own teaching and to an extent at course team and

departmental level one does have some freedom of action And

perhaps you can in part shape your research to link with your

teaching

bull Bringing your teaching and research more effectively together can

help you balance what can be competing demands on your time and

attention

bull These issues will shape your whole careerif you are an early career

academic one needs now to focus on what is in your lsquocontrolrsquo but look

to the future hellip

A Conclusion

A Round One thing I am going to do in my own practice is hellip

One thing I am going to propose to my subject group is hellip

One thing we should do at Department Institutional level is hellip

One thing I want to say is hellip

Page 20: Task! Discussing the University web site… Ensure you all have session handout Discuss with those around you how this university conceives the roles of.

Research-tutored

Engaging in research discussions

Research-based

Students undertaking research and inquiry

Research-led

Learning about current research in the discipline

Research-oriented

Developing research inquiry and techniques

STUDENT-FOCUSED

STUDENTS AS PARTICIPANTS

EMPHASIS ON RESEARCH CONTENT

EMPHASIS ON RESEARCH PROCESSES AND PROBLEMS

TEACHER-FOCUSED

STUDENTS AS AUDIENCE

Tasks Using that typologylanguage

Consider the case study of geography at University College London page 17 ( ignore Oxford Brookes)

Donrsquot get lost in is this lsquogoodrsquo or lsquobadrsquo practice Letrsquos see it as lsquointeresting practicersquo

Using the language of the handout pages 6-7 what forms of teaching research links do you see there Research led research orientated research based andor research tutored

A Key Perspective

ldquoTeaching and research are correlated

when they are co-related hellipOne way

to achieve this is to exploit further

the link between teaching and

research in the design of coursesrdquo

(Brew A amp Boud D 1995)

Small Group Task pp 8-33 Consider how whether one or more of the

discipline case studies could be adapted to your context

21 Biosciences Physical Sciences and Medicine pp 7-12

22 Social Sciences pp 12-14

23 Business Law and Tourism pp 14-17

24 Geography and Environmental Studies pp 17-21

25 Archaeology and Earth Sciences pp 21-22

26 Arts Media Architecture and Performing Arts pp 22-24

27 English p p 24-25

27 History p25

28 Education and Philosophy pp 25-27

29 Interdisciplinary pp 27-29

Reporter ndash be ready to state one thing that is important about the relevance

of this case study to lsquoyourrsquo practice policyor worth saying about this

case study hellip

Task Course Design-see Annex 2 p 41

Ensure that students experience the process of

artistic and scientific productivity (Hattie and

Marsh 1996)

Group Reflection

Use the typology to examine lsquoyourrsquo current practice ndash as an

individual or member of a course team

What do you consider you are already doing effectively

What might you wish to strengthen or develop

Reporter to state ndash ONE thing worth saying to everybody here

that comes out of this task is hellip

Provisional planning

On the basis of the session so far

provisionally plan ONE intervention in your

own practicehellip

The central features are

Consider how to better ensure lsquosuccessrsquo

including recognising certain expected

difficulties

Taking this forward in your practiceDecide whom is an A and whom a B

A speaks and B listens 3 mins

What I am provisionally taking forward

into my own practice is hellip

B speaks and A listens hellip2 mins

Some suggestions I have are hellip

Now B speaks and A listens

B speaks and A listens 3 mins

What I am provisionally taking forward

into my own practice is hellip

A speaks and B listens hellip2 mins

Some suggestions I have are hellip

Disciplinary Perspectives

Why Disciplines Might Be Significant Logical Hypotheses

bull Disciplines are academic lsquocommunities of practicersquo

bull The nature ofextent of research in the discipline may varybe significant

bull The nature of the fundingorganisation of research in the discipline may

be significant

bull The nature ofrole of scholarship in the discipline may varybe significant

bull The nature of pedagogy in the discipline may be different

bull The nature of how research is taught in the discipline may be significant

bull The importance of research as taught in the discipline may be significant

bull The nature of the staff and or student culture across the discipline may be

significant

bull The importance of research to future student rolesemployability may be

significant

What is

research

Breaking new ground moving

forward exploration and

discovery

How visible is it Laboratories and machinery (ie

tools) but often behind closed

doors

Where is it

located

Out there at a higher level

Who does it Lecturers

Students experience of learning in a research environment Physics handout p 7

Source Robertson and Blackler (2006)

What is

research

Gathering information in the

world answering a question

How visible is it Most visible in the field

Where is it

located

Out there in the field

Who does it Lecturers and (increasingly over

time) students

Students experience of learning in a research environment Geography handout p 7

Source Robertson and Blackler (2006)

What is

research

Looking into gathering putting

it together a focus of interest

How visible is it Not tangibly visible but apparent

in the dialogue

Where is it

located

In the library in the head

Who does it Lecturers and students

Students experience of learning in a research environment English Handout p 7

Source Robertson and Blackler (2006)

Study of Physics and English faculty in two US institutions

In Physics the links lay in the way that undergraduates and

postgraduates could be involved in (staff) research for

much of the research was team basedthe potential and

actual links lay in the organisation of research and

pedagogy Much of the pedagogy was enquiry-based

In English the connections between research and scholarship

were strong indeed the distinctions between research

and scholarship were hard to drawThe teaching-research

connections lay more in the content of the curriculum

(Colbeck 1998)

Discuss teaching research relationships in your course team department or Faculty

Nexus rdquois a connection usually where multiple

elements meetrdquo Wikipedia

Teaching and research relations in my course

team department are like These analogies my

help

lsquolove and marriagersquo lsquo a horse and carriagersquo or

lsquostrangers in the nightrsquo (Sinatra F)

Departmental Relationships

One Research Study in UK Built Environment

departments (Urban Planning) Brookes

Sheffield Hallam Westminster and

University of West of England

Teaching was organised Research was

organised little was done to bring them

together

QAA Scotland Research Teaching Linkages httpwwwenhancementthemesacukdocumentsResearchTeachingQAA292Overview260509pdf

Areas for development

1048698 While there are wide-ranging innovative examples of practice and policy in all institutions

much of this is implicit and not systematically developed or supported

1048698 While the evidence was strong of effective examples of practice at final-year level(for example some

form of research project) institutions departments and schools need to ensure that

these research attributes are developed systematically through programmes in a

structured manner from year one

1048698 There is a sense that the issues were better understood and supported by staff heavily engaged in

teaching and not really understood or supported by those with a major focus on research

1048698 Attention needs to be given to ensuring that students are aware of and understand the

importance of research-based attributes for their future employability and success

as lifelong learners Course teams need to develop waysthat support students understanding

of these attributes and their belief in how they can aid their future employment and involvement

in civic life ( emphasis added)

Considering two case studies

Consider the case study of geography at University College London page 17 ( ignore Oxford Brookes) and Engineering at Imperial p 32

Donrsquot get lost in is this lsquogoodrsquo or lsquobadrsquo practice Letrsquos see it as lsquointeresting practicersquo

What that those departments done to try to bring together teaching and research

What are the similarities and the differences between their strategies

Group Task Departmental Case Studies pp 29-38

Discuss one or more of the case studies ndashand then agree on one

statement worth making as to its value to your

department(s) Faculty this institution

31 Biosciences Chemistry Medicine and Health Sciences

32 Engineering and Mathematics

33 Arts and Social Sciences

34 Geography Earth and Environmental Sciences

35 Developing research skills and academic practices

36 Re-designing Spaces

Note Annex One Linking Teaching and Research in Departments p 40

Questions and Strategies

bull Curriculum and research-based learning

bull Management organisational structure

and staffing at departmental level

bull Inclusive culture

Isssues of Multi and Interdisciplinarity

Internationally hellipfew students now do a single subject degree

Study of long term impact of a degree at Oxford Polytechnic Oxford Brookes

where students studied two subjects Selected geography students

interviewed 5101520 years after graduation

For many this was first time they had been asked to consider their overall

degree relationships between the two subjects they had studied

Jenkins A Jones L and Ward A ( 2001 ) The long -term effect of a degree on

graduate lives Studies in Higher Education 26(2)149-163

Two lsquosolutionsrsquo

Interdisciplinary seminars

Final Year Capstone Courses

httpwwwheacademyacukprojectsdetailntfs

ntfsproject_Gloucestershire10

Remember ldquoWe need to maximise the (potential) synergies and minimise the conflicts

This requires actions at a variety of levelsrdquo

Annex 1 Linking Teaching and Research in Departments

Questions and Strategies p 40

Annex 2 Strategies for Linking Teaching and Research within

Courses and Programmes p41

Annex 3 Institutional Strategies to Link Teaching and

Research A Framework p42

Annex 4 Possible strategies for national and international

organisations pp42-3

My conclusions

bull Understanding the complexity of knowledge lies at

the centre of what makes HIGHER education distinctive

bull That requires purposeful action at a variety of levels

bull In onersquos own teaching and to an extent at course team and

departmental level one does have some freedom of action And

perhaps you can in part shape your research to link with your

teaching

bull Bringing your teaching and research more effectively together can

help you balance what can be competing demands on your time and

attention

bull These issues will shape your whole careerif you are an early career

academic one needs now to focus on what is in your lsquocontrolrsquo but look

to the future hellip

A Conclusion

A Round One thing I am going to do in my own practice is hellip

One thing I am going to propose to my subject group is hellip

One thing we should do at Department Institutional level is hellip

One thing I want to say is hellip

Page 21: Task! Discussing the University web site… Ensure you all have session handout Discuss with those around you how this university conceives the roles of.

Tasks Using that typologylanguage

Consider the case study of geography at University College London page 17 ( ignore Oxford Brookes)

Donrsquot get lost in is this lsquogoodrsquo or lsquobadrsquo practice Letrsquos see it as lsquointeresting practicersquo

Using the language of the handout pages 6-7 what forms of teaching research links do you see there Research led research orientated research based andor research tutored

A Key Perspective

ldquoTeaching and research are correlated

when they are co-related hellipOne way

to achieve this is to exploit further

the link between teaching and

research in the design of coursesrdquo

(Brew A amp Boud D 1995)

Small Group Task pp 8-33 Consider how whether one or more of the

discipline case studies could be adapted to your context

21 Biosciences Physical Sciences and Medicine pp 7-12

22 Social Sciences pp 12-14

23 Business Law and Tourism pp 14-17

24 Geography and Environmental Studies pp 17-21

25 Archaeology and Earth Sciences pp 21-22

26 Arts Media Architecture and Performing Arts pp 22-24

27 English p p 24-25

27 History p25

28 Education and Philosophy pp 25-27

29 Interdisciplinary pp 27-29

Reporter ndash be ready to state one thing that is important about the relevance

of this case study to lsquoyourrsquo practice policyor worth saying about this

case study hellip

Task Course Design-see Annex 2 p 41

Ensure that students experience the process of

artistic and scientific productivity (Hattie and

Marsh 1996)

Group Reflection

Use the typology to examine lsquoyourrsquo current practice ndash as an

individual or member of a course team

What do you consider you are already doing effectively

What might you wish to strengthen or develop

Reporter to state ndash ONE thing worth saying to everybody here

that comes out of this task is hellip

Provisional planning

On the basis of the session so far

provisionally plan ONE intervention in your

own practicehellip

The central features are

Consider how to better ensure lsquosuccessrsquo

including recognising certain expected

difficulties

Taking this forward in your practiceDecide whom is an A and whom a B

A speaks and B listens 3 mins

What I am provisionally taking forward

into my own practice is hellip

B speaks and A listens hellip2 mins

Some suggestions I have are hellip

Now B speaks and A listens

B speaks and A listens 3 mins

What I am provisionally taking forward

into my own practice is hellip

A speaks and B listens hellip2 mins

Some suggestions I have are hellip

Disciplinary Perspectives

Why Disciplines Might Be Significant Logical Hypotheses

bull Disciplines are academic lsquocommunities of practicersquo

bull The nature ofextent of research in the discipline may varybe significant

bull The nature of the fundingorganisation of research in the discipline may

be significant

bull The nature ofrole of scholarship in the discipline may varybe significant

bull The nature of pedagogy in the discipline may be different

bull The nature of how research is taught in the discipline may be significant

bull The importance of research as taught in the discipline may be significant

bull The nature of the staff and or student culture across the discipline may be

significant

bull The importance of research to future student rolesemployability may be

significant

What is

research

Breaking new ground moving

forward exploration and

discovery

How visible is it Laboratories and machinery (ie

tools) but often behind closed

doors

Where is it

located

Out there at a higher level

Who does it Lecturers

Students experience of learning in a research environment Physics handout p 7

Source Robertson and Blackler (2006)

What is

research

Gathering information in the

world answering a question

How visible is it Most visible in the field

Where is it

located

Out there in the field

Who does it Lecturers and (increasingly over

time) students

Students experience of learning in a research environment Geography handout p 7

Source Robertson and Blackler (2006)

What is

research

Looking into gathering putting

it together a focus of interest

How visible is it Not tangibly visible but apparent

in the dialogue

Where is it

located

In the library in the head

Who does it Lecturers and students

Students experience of learning in a research environment English Handout p 7

Source Robertson and Blackler (2006)

Study of Physics and English faculty in two US institutions

In Physics the links lay in the way that undergraduates and

postgraduates could be involved in (staff) research for

much of the research was team basedthe potential and

actual links lay in the organisation of research and

pedagogy Much of the pedagogy was enquiry-based

In English the connections between research and scholarship

were strong indeed the distinctions between research

and scholarship were hard to drawThe teaching-research

connections lay more in the content of the curriculum

(Colbeck 1998)

Discuss teaching research relationships in your course team department or Faculty

Nexus rdquois a connection usually where multiple

elements meetrdquo Wikipedia

Teaching and research relations in my course

team department are like These analogies my

help

lsquolove and marriagersquo lsquo a horse and carriagersquo or

lsquostrangers in the nightrsquo (Sinatra F)

Departmental Relationships

One Research Study in UK Built Environment

departments (Urban Planning) Brookes

Sheffield Hallam Westminster and

University of West of England

Teaching was organised Research was

organised little was done to bring them

together

QAA Scotland Research Teaching Linkages httpwwwenhancementthemesacukdocumentsResearchTeachingQAA292Overview260509pdf

Areas for development

1048698 While there are wide-ranging innovative examples of practice and policy in all institutions

much of this is implicit and not systematically developed or supported

1048698 While the evidence was strong of effective examples of practice at final-year level(for example some

form of research project) institutions departments and schools need to ensure that

these research attributes are developed systematically through programmes in a

structured manner from year one

1048698 There is a sense that the issues were better understood and supported by staff heavily engaged in

teaching and not really understood or supported by those with a major focus on research

1048698 Attention needs to be given to ensuring that students are aware of and understand the

importance of research-based attributes for their future employability and success

as lifelong learners Course teams need to develop waysthat support students understanding

of these attributes and their belief in how they can aid their future employment and involvement

in civic life ( emphasis added)

Considering two case studies

Consider the case study of geography at University College London page 17 ( ignore Oxford Brookes) and Engineering at Imperial p 32

Donrsquot get lost in is this lsquogoodrsquo or lsquobadrsquo practice Letrsquos see it as lsquointeresting practicersquo

What that those departments done to try to bring together teaching and research

What are the similarities and the differences between their strategies

Group Task Departmental Case Studies pp 29-38

Discuss one or more of the case studies ndashand then agree on one

statement worth making as to its value to your

department(s) Faculty this institution

31 Biosciences Chemistry Medicine and Health Sciences

32 Engineering and Mathematics

33 Arts and Social Sciences

34 Geography Earth and Environmental Sciences

35 Developing research skills and academic practices

36 Re-designing Spaces

Note Annex One Linking Teaching and Research in Departments p 40

Questions and Strategies

bull Curriculum and research-based learning

bull Management organisational structure

and staffing at departmental level

bull Inclusive culture

Isssues of Multi and Interdisciplinarity

Internationally hellipfew students now do a single subject degree

Study of long term impact of a degree at Oxford Polytechnic Oxford Brookes

where students studied two subjects Selected geography students

interviewed 5101520 years after graduation

For many this was first time they had been asked to consider their overall

degree relationships between the two subjects they had studied

Jenkins A Jones L and Ward A ( 2001 ) The long -term effect of a degree on

graduate lives Studies in Higher Education 26(2)149-163

Two lsquosolutionsrsquo

Interdisciplinary seminars

Final Year Capstone Courses

httpwwwheacademyacukprojectsdetailntfs

ntfsproject_Gloucestershire10

Remember ldquoWe need to maximise the (potential) synergies and minimise the conflicts

This requires actions at a variety of levelsrdquo

Annex 1 Linking Teaching and Research in Departments

Questions and Strategies p 40

Annex 2 Strategies for Linking Teaching and Research within

Courses and Programmes p41

Annex 3 Institutional Strategies to Link Teaching and

Research A Framework p42

Annex 4 Possible strategies for national and international

organisations pp42-3

My conclusions

bull Understanding the complexity of knowledge lies at

the centre of what makes HIGHER education distinctive

bull That requires purposeful action at a variety of levels

bull In onersquos own teaching and to an extent at course team and

departmental level one does have some freedom of action And

perhaps you can in part shape your research to link with your

teaching

bull Bringing your teaching and research more effectively together can

help you balance what can be competing demands on your time and

attention

bull These issues will shape your whole careerif you are an early career

academic one needs now to focus on what is in your lsquocontrolrsquo but look

to the future hellip

A Conclusion

A Round One thing I am going to do in my own practice is hellip

One thing I am going to propose to my subject group is hellip

One thing we should do at Department Institutional level is hellip

One thing I want to say is hellip

Page 22: Task! Discussing the University web site… Ensure you all have session handout Discuss with those around you how this university conceives the roles of.

A Key Perspective

ldquoTeaching and research are correlated

when they are co-related hellipOne way

to achieve this is to exploit further

the link between teaching and

research in the design of coursesrdquo

(Brew A amp Boud D 1995)

Small Group Task pp 8-33 Consider how whether one or more of the

discipline case studies could be adapted to your context

21 Biosciences Physical Sciences and Medicine pp 7-12

22 Social Sciences pp 12-14

23 Business Law and Tourism pp 14-17

24 Geography and Environmental Studies pp 17-21

25 Archaeology and Earth Sciences pp 21-22

26 Arts Media Architecture and Performing Arts pp 22-24

27 English p p 24-25

27 History p25

28 Education and Philosophy pp 25-27

29 Interdisciplinary pp 27-29

Reporter ndash be ready to state one thing that is important about the relevance

of this case study to lsquoyourrsquo practice policyor worth saying about this

case study hellip

Task Course Design-see Annex 2 p 41

Ensure that students experience the process of

artistic and scientific productivity (Hattie and

Marsh 1996)

Group Reflection

Use the typology to examine lsquoyourrsquo current practice ndash as an

individual or member of a course team

What do you consider you are already doing effectively

What might you wish to strengthen or develop

Reporter to state ndash ONE thing worth saying to everybody here

that comes out of this task is hellip

Provisional planning

On the basis of the session so far

provisionally plan ONE intervention in your

own practicehellip

The central features are

Consider how to better ensure lsquosuccessrsquo

including recognising certain expected

difficulties

Taking this forward in your practiceDecide whom is an A and whom a B

A speaks and B listens 3 mins

What I am provisionally taking forward

into my own practice is hellip

B speaks and A listens hellip2 mins

Some suggestions I have are hellip

Now B speaks and A listens

B speaks and A listens 3 mins

What I am provisionally taking forward

into my own practice is hellip

A speaks and B listens hellip2 mins

Some suggestions I have are hellip

Disciplinary Perspectives

Why Disciplines Might Be Significant Logical Hypotheses

bull Disciplines are academic lsquocommunities of practicersquo

bull The nature ofextent of research in the discipline may varybe significant

bull The nature of the fundingorganisation of research in the discipline may

be significant

bull The nature ofrole of scholarship in the discipline may varybe significant

bull The nature of pedagogy in the discipline may be different

bull The nature of how research is taught in the discipline may be significant

bull The importance of research as taught in the discipline may be significant

bull The nature of the staff and or student culture across the discipline may be

significant

bull The importance of research to future student rolesemployability may be

significant

What is

research

Breaking new ground moving

forward exploration and

discovery

How visible is it Laboratories and machinery (ie

tools) but often behind closed

doors

Where is it

located

Out there at a higher level

Who does it Lecturers

Students experience of learning in a research environment Physics handout p 7

Source Robertson and Blackler (2006)

What is

research

Gathering information in the

world answering a question

How visible is it Most visible in the field

Where is it

located

Out there in the field

Who does it Lecturers and (increasingly over

time) students

Students experience of learning in a research environment Geography handout p 7

Source Robertson and Blackler (2006)

What is

research

Looking into gathering putting

it together a focus of interest

How visible is it Not tangibly visible but apparent

in the dialogue

Where is it

located

In the library in the head

Who does it Lecturers and students

Students experience of learning in a research environment English Handout p 7

Source Robertson and Blackler (2006)

Study of Physics and English faculty in two US institutions

In Physics the links lay in the way that undergraduates and

postgraduates could be involved in (staff) research for

much of the research was team basedthe potential and

actual links lay in the organisation of research and

pedagogy Much of the pedagogy was enquiry-based

In English the connections between research and scholarship

were strong indeed the distinctions between research

and scholarship were hard to drawThe teaching-research

connections lay more in the content of the curriculum

(Colbeck 1998)

Discuss teaching research relationships in your course team department or Faculty

Nexus rdquois a connection usually where multiple

elements meetrdquo Wikipedia

Teaching and research relations in my course

team department are like These analogies my

help

lsquolove and marriagersquo lsquo a horse and carriagersquo or

lsquostrangers in the nightrsquo (Sinatra F)

Departmental Relationships

One Research Study in UK Built Environment

departments (Urban Planning) Brookes

Sheffield Hallam Westminster and

University of West of England

Teaching was organised Research was

organised little was done to bring them

together

QAA Scotland Research Teaching Linkages httpwwwenhancementthemesacukdocumentsResearchTeachingQAA292Overview260509pdf

Areas for development

1048698 While there are wide-ranging innovative examples of practice and policy in all institutions

much of this is implicit and not systematically developed or supported

1048698 While the evidence was strong of effective examples of practice at final-year level(for example some

form of research project) institutions departments and schools need to ensure that

these research attributes are developed systematically through programmes in a

structured manner from year one

1048698 There is a sense that the issues were better understood and supported by staff heavily engaged in

teaching and not really understood or supported by those with a major focus on research

1048698 Attention needs to be given to ensuring that students are aware of and understand the

importance of research-based attributes for their future employability and success

as lifelong learners Course teams need to develop waysthat support students understanding

of these attributes and their belief in how they can aid their future employment and involvement

in civic life ( emphasis added)

Considering two case studies

Consider the case study of geography at University College London page 17 ( ignore Oxford Brookes) and Engineering at Imperial p 32

Donrsquot get lost in is this lsquogoodrsquo or lsquobadrsquo practice Letrsquos see it as lsquointeresting practicersquo

What that those departments done to try to bring together teaching and research

What are the similarities and the differences between their strategies

Group Task Departmental Case Studies pp 29-38

Discuss one or more of the case studies ndashand then agree on one

statement worth making as to its value to your

department(s) Faculty this institution

31 Biosciences Chemistry Medicine and Health Sciences

32 Engineering and Mathematics

33 Arts and Social Sciences

34 Geography Earth and Environmental Sciences

35 Developing research skills and academic practices

36 Re-designing Spaces

Note Annex One Linking Teaching and Research in Departments p 40

Questions and Strategies

bull Curriculum and research-based learning

bull Management organisational structure

and staffing at departmental level

bull Inclusive culture

Isssues of Multi and Interdisciplinarity

Internationally hellipfew students now do a single subject degree

Study of long term impact of a degree at Oxford Polytechnic Oxford Brookes

where students studied two subjects Selected geography students

interviewed 5101520 years after graduation

For many this was first time they had been asked to consider their overall

degree relationships between the two subjects they had studied

Jenkins A Jones L and Ward A ( 2001 ) The long -term effect of a degree on

graduate lives Studies in Higher Education 26(2)149-163

Two lsquosolutionsrsquo

Interdisciplinary seminars

Final Year Capstone Courses

httpwwwheacademyacukprojectsdetailntfs

ntfsproject_Gloucestershire10

Remember ldquoWe need to maximise the (potential) synergies and minimise the conflicts

This requires actions at a variety of levelsrdquo

Annex 1 Linking Teaching and Research in Departments

Questions and Strategies p 40

Annex 2 Strategies for Linking Teaching and Research within

Courses and Programmes p41

Annex 3 Institutional Strategies to Link Teaching and

Research A Framework p42

Annex 4 Possible strategies for national and international

organisations pp42-3

My conclusions

bull Understanding the complexity of knowledge lies at

the centre of what makes HIGHER education distinctive

bull That requires purposeful action at a variety of levels

bull In onersquos own teaching and to an extent at course team and

departmental level one does have some freedom of action And

perhaps you can in part shape your research to link with your

teaching

bull Bringing your teaching and research more effectively together can

help you balance what can be competing demands on your time and

attention

bull These issues will shape your whole careerif you are an early career

academic one needs now to focus on what is in your lsquocontrolrsquo but look

to the future hellip

A Conclusion

A Round One thing I am going to do in my own practice is hellip

One thing I am going to propose to my subject group is hellip

One thing we should do at Department Institutional level is hellip

One thing I want to say is hellip

Page 23: Task! Discussing the University web site… Ensure you all have session handout Discuss with those around you how this university conceives the roles of.

Small Group Task pp 8-33 Consider how whether one or more of the

discipline case studies could be adapted to your context

21 Biosciences Physical Sciences and Medicine pp 7-12

22 Social Sciences pp 12-14

23 Business Law and Tourism pp 14-17

24 Geography and Environmental Studies pp 17-21

25 Archaeology and Earth Sciences pp 21-22

26 Arts Media Architecture and Performing Arts pp 22-24

27 English p p 24-25

27 History p25

28 Education and Philosophy pp 25-27

29 Interdisciplinary pp 27-29

Reporter ndash be ready to state one thing that is important about the relevance

of this case study to lsquoyourrsquo practice policyor worth saying about this

case study hellip

Task Course Design-see Annex 2 p 41

Ensure that students experience the process of

artistic and scientific productivity (Hattie and

Marsh 1996)

Group Reflection

Use the typology to examine lsquoyourrsquo current practice ndash as an

individual or member of a course team

What do you consider you are already doing effectively

What might you wish to strengthen or develop

Reporter to state ndash ONE thing worth saying to everybody here

that comes out of this task is hellip

Provisional planning

On the basis of the session so far

provisionally plan ONE intervention in your

own practicehellip

The central features are

Consider how to better ensure lsquosuccessrsquo

including recognising certain expected

difficulties

Taking this forward in your practiceDecide whom is an A and whom a B

A speaks and B listens 3 mins

What I am provisionally taking forward

into my own practice is hellip

B speaks and A listens hellip2 mins

Some suggestions I have are hellip

Now B speaks and A listens

B speaks and A listens 3 mins

What I am provisionally taking forward

into my own practice is hellip

A speaks and B listens hellip2 mins

Some suggestions I have are hellip

Disciplinary Perspectives

Why Disciplines Might Be Significant Logical Hypotheses

bull Disciplines are academic lsquocommunities of practicersquo

bull The nature ofextent of research in the discipline may varybe significant

bull The nature of the fundingorganisation of research in the discipline may

be significant

bull The nature ofrole of scholarship in the discipline may varybe significant

bull The nature of pedagogy in the discipline may be different

bull The nature of how research is taught in the discipline may be significant

bull The importance of research as taught in the discipline may be significant

bull The nature of the staff and or student culture across the discipline may be

significant

bull The importance of research to future student rolesemployability may be

significant

What is

research

Breaking new ground moving

forward exploration and

discovery

How visible is it Laboratories and machinery (ie

tools) but often behind closed

doors

Where is it

located

Out there at a higher level

Who does it Lecturers

Students experience of learning in a research environment Physics handout p 7

Source Robertson and Blackler (2006)

What is

research

Gathering information in the

world answering a question

How visible is it Most visible in the field

Where is it

located

Out there in the field

Who does it Lecturers and (increasingly over

time) students

Students experience of learning in a research environment Geography handout p 7

Source Robertson and Blackler (2006)

What is

research

Looking into gathering putting

it together a focus of interest

How visible is it Not tangibly visible but apparent

in the dialogue

Where is it

located

In the library in the head

Who does it Lecturers and students

Students experience of learning in a research environment English Handout p 7

Source Robertson and Blackler (2006)

Study of Physics and English faculty in two US institutions

In Physics the links lay in the way that undergraduates and

postgraduates could be involved in (staff) research for

much of the research was team basedthe potential and

actual links lay in the organisation of research and

pedagogy Much of the pedagogy was enquiry-based

In English the connections between research and scholarship

were strong indeed the distinctions between research

and scholarship were hard to drawThe teaching-research

connections lay more in the content of the curriculum

(Colbeck 1998)

Discuss teaching research relationships in your course team department or Faculty

Nexus rdquois a connection usually where multiple

elements meetrdquo Wikipedia

Teaching and research relations in my course

team department are like These analogies my

help

lsquolove and marriagersquo lsquo a horse and carriagersquo or

lsquostrangers in the nightrsquo (Sinatra F)

Departmental Relationships

One Research Study in UK Built Environment

departments (Urban Planning) Brookes

Sheffield Hallam Westminster and

University of West of England

Teaching was organised Research was

organised little was done to bring them

together

QAA Scotland Research Teaching Linkages httpwwwenhancementthemesacukdocumentsResearchTeachingQAA292Overview260509pdf

Areas for development

1048698 While there are wide-ranging innovative examples of practice and policy in all institutions

much of this is implicit and not systematically developed or supported

1048698 While the evidence was strong of effective examples of practice at final-year level(for example some

form of research project) institutions departments and schools need to ensure that

these research attributes are developed systematically through programmes in a

structured manner from year one

1048698 There is a sense that the issues were better understood and supported by staff heavily engaged in

teaching and not really understood or supported by those with a major focus on research

1048698 Attention needs to be given to ensuring that students are aware of and understand the

importance of research-based attributes for their future employability and success

as lifelong learners Course teams need to develop waysthat support students understanding

of these attributes and their belief in how they can aid their future employment and involvement

in civic life ( emphasis added)

Considering two case studies

Consider the case study of geography at University College London page 17 ( ignore Oxford Brookes) and Engineering at Imperial p 32

Donrsquot get lost in is this lsquogoodrsquo or lsquobadrsquo practice Letrsquos see it as lsquointeresting practicersquo

What that those departments done to try to bring together teaching and research

What are the similarities and the differences between their strategies

Group Task Departmental Case Studies pp 29-38

Discuss one or more of the case studies ndashand then agree on one

statement worth making as to its value to your

department(s) Faculty this institution

31 Biosciences Chemistry Medicine and Health Sciences

32 Engineering and Mathematics

33 Arts and Social Sciences

34 Geography Earth and Environmental Sciences

35 Developing research skills and academic practices

36 Re-designing Spaces

Note Annex One Linking Teaching and Research in Departments p 40

Questions and Strategies

bull Curriculum and research-based learning

bull Management organisational structure

and staffing at departmental level

bull Inclusive culture

Isssues of Multi and Interdisciplinarity

Internationally hellipfew students now do a single subject degree

Study of long term impact of a degree at Oxford Polytechnic Oxford Brookes

where students studied two subjects Selected geography students

interviewed 5101520 years after graduation

For many this was first time they had been asked to consider their overall

degree relationships between the two subjects they had studied

Jenkins A Jones L and Ward A ( 2001 ) The long -term effect of a degree on

graduate lives Studies in Higher Education 26(2)149-163

Two lsquosolutionsrsquo

Interdisciplinary seminars

Final Year Capstone Courses

httpwwwheacademyacukprojectsdetailntfs

ntfsproject_Gloucestershire10

Remember ldquoWe need to maximise the (potential) synergies and minimise the conflicts

This requires actions at a variety of levelsrdquo

Annex 1 Linking Teaching and Research in Departments

Questions and Strategies p 40

Annex 2 Strategies for Linking Teaching and Research within

Courses and Programmes p41

Annex 3 Institutional Strategies to Link Teaching and

Research A Framework p42

Annex 4 Possible strategies for national and international

organisations pp42-3

My conclusions

bull Understanding the complexity of knowledge lies at

the centre of what makes HIGHER education distinctive

bull That requires purposeful action at a variety of levels

bull In onersquos own teaching and to an extent at course team and

departmental level one does have some freedom of action And

perhaps you can in part shape your research to link with your

teaching

bull Bringing your teaching and research more effectively together can

help you balance what can be competing demands on your time and

attention

bull These issues will shape your whole careerif you are an early career

academic one needs now to focus on what is in your lsquocontrolrsquo but look

to the future hellip

A Conclusion

A Round One thing I am going to do in my own practice is hellip

One thing I am going to propose to my subject group is hellip

One thing we should do at Department Institutional level is hellip

One thing I want to say is hellip

Page 24: Task! Discussing the University web site… Ensure you all have session handout Discuss with those around you how this university conceives the roles of.

Task Course Design-see Annex 2 p 41

Ensure that students experience the process of

artistic and scientific productivity (Hattie and

Marsh 1996)

Group Reflection

Use the typology to examine lsquoyourrsquo current practice ndash as an

individual or member of a course team

What do you consider you are already doing effectively

What might you wish to strengthen or develop

Reporter to state ndash ONE thing worth saying to everybody here

that comes out of this task is hellip

Provisional planning

On the basis of the session so far

provisionally plan ONE intervention in your

own practicehellip

The central features are

Consider how to better ensure lsquosuccessrsquo

including recognising certain expected

difficulties

Taking this forward in your practiceDecide whom is an A and whom a B

A speaks and B listens 3 mins

What I am provisionally taking forward

into my own practice is hellip

B speaks and A listens hellip2 mins

Some suggestions I have are hellip

Now B speaks and A listens

B speaks and A listens 3 mins

What I am provisionally taking forward

into my own practice is hellip

A speaks and B listens hellip2 mins

Some suggestions I have are hellip

Disciplinary Perspectives

Why Disciplines Might Be Significant Logical Hypotheses

bull Disciplines are academic lsquocommunities of practicersquo

bull The nature ofextent of research in the discipline may varybe significant

bull The nature of the fundingorganisation of research in the discipline may

be significant

bull The nature ofrole of scholarship in the discipline may varybe significant

bull The nature of pedagogy in the discipline may be different

bull The nature of how research is taught in the discipline may be significant

bull The importance of research as taught in the discipline may be significant

bull The nature of the staff and or student culture across the discipline may be

significant

bull The importance of research to future student rolesemployability may be

significant

What is

research

Breaking new ground moving

forward exploration and

discovery

How visible is it Laboratories and machinery (ie

tools) but often behind closed

doors

Where is it

located

Out there at a higher level

Who does it Lecturers

Students experience of learning in a research environment Physics handout p 7

Source Robertson and Blackler (2006)

What is

research

Gathering information in the

world answering a question

How visible is it Most visible in the field

Where is it

located

Out there in the field

Who does it Lecturers and (increasingly over

time) students

Students experience of learning in a research environment Geography handout p 7

Source Robertson and Blackler (2006)

What is

research

Looking into gathering putting

it together a focus of interest

How visible is it Not tangibly visible but apparent

in the dialogue

Where is it

located

In the library in the head

Who does it Lecturers and students

Students experience of learning in a research environment English Handout p 7

Source Robertson and Blackler (2006)

Study of Physics and English faculty in two US institutions

In Physics the links lay in the way that undergraduates and

postgraduates could be involved in (staff) research for

much of the research was team basedthe potential and

actual links lay in the organisation of research and

pedagogy Much of the pedagogy was enquiry-based

In English the connections between research and scholarship

were strong indeed the distinctions between research

and scholarship were hard to drawThe teaching-research

connections lay more in the content of the curriculum

(Colbeck 1998)

Discuss teaching research relationships in your course team department or Faculty

Nexus rdquois a connection usually where multiple

elements meetrdquo Wikipedia

Teaching and research relations in my course

team department are like These analogies my

help

lsquolove and marriagersquo lsquo a horse and carriagersquo or

lsquostrangers in the nightrsquo (Sinatra F)

Departmental Relationships

One Research Study in UK Built Environment

departments (Urban Planning) Brookes

Sheffield Hallam Westminster and

University of West of England

Teaching was organised Research was

organised little was done to bring them

together

QAA Scotland Research Teaching Linkages httpwwwenhancementthemesacukdocumentsResearchTeachingQAA292Overview260509pdf

Areas for development

1048698 While there are wide-ranging innovative examples of practice and policy in all institutions

much of this is implicit and not systematically developed or supported

1048698 While the evidence was strong of effective examples of practice at final-year level(for example some

form of research project) institutions departments and schools need to ensure that

these research attributes are developed systematically through programmes in a

structured manner from year one

1048698 There is a sense that the issues were better understood and supported by staff heavily engaged in

teaching and not really understood or supported by those with a major focus on research

1048698 Attention needs to be given to ensuring that students are aware of and understand the

importance of research-based attributes for their future employability and success

as lifelong learners Course teams need to develop waysthat support students understanding

of these attributes and their belief in how they can aid their future employment and involvement

in civic life ( emphasis added)

Considering two case studies

Consider the case study of geography at University College London page 17 ( ignore Oxford Brookes) and Engineering at Imperial p 32

Donrsquot get lost in is this lsquogoodrsquo or lsquobadrsquo practice Letrsquos see it as lsquointeresting practicersquo

What that those departments done to try to bring together teaching and research

What are the similarities and the differences between their strategies

Group Task Departmental Case Studies pp 29-38

Discuss one or more of the case studies ndashand then agree on one

statement worth making as to its value to your

department(s) Faculty this institution

31 Biosciences Chemistry Medicine and Health Sciences

32 Engineering and Mathematics

33 Arts and Social Sciences

34 Geography Earth and Environmental Sciences

35 Developing research skills and academic practices

36 Re-designing Spaces

Note Annex One Linking Teaching and Research in Departments p 40

Questions and Strategies

bull Curriculum and research-based learning

bull Management organisational structure

and staffing at departmental level

bull Inclusive culture

Isssues of Multi and Interdisciplinarity

Internationally hellipfew students now do a single subject degree

Study of long term impact of a degree at Oxford Polytechnic Oxford Brookes

where students studied two subjects Selected geography students

interviewed 5101520 years after graduation

For many this was first time they had been asked to consider their overall

degree relationships between the two subjects they had studied

Jenkins A Jones L and Ward A ( 2001 ) The long -term effect of a degree on

graduate lives Studies in Higher Education 26(2)149-163

Two lsquosolutionsrsquo

Interdisciplinary seminars

Final Year Capstone Courses

httpwwwheacademyacukprojectsdetailntfs

ntfsproject_Gloucestershire10

Remember ldquoWe need to maximise the (potential) synergies and minimise the conflicts

This requires actions at a variety of levelsrdquo

Annex 1 Linking Teaching and Research in Departments

Questions and Strategies p 40

Annex 2 Strategies for Linking Teaching and Research within

Courses and Programmes p41

Annex 3 Institutional Strategies to Link Teaching and

Research A Framework p42

Annex 4 Possible strategies for national and international

organisations pp42-3

My conclusions

bull Understanding the complexity of knowledge lies at

the centre of what makes HIGHER education distinctive

bull That requires purposeful action at a variety of levels

bull In onersquos own teaching and to an extent at course team and

departmental level one does have some freedom of action And

perhaps you can in part shape your research to link with your

teaching

bull Bringing your teaching and research more effectively together can

help you balance what can be competing demands on your time and

attention

bull These issues will shape your whole careerif you are an early career

academic one needs now to focus on what is in your lsquocontrolrsquo but look

to the future hellip

A Conclusion

A Round One thing I am going to do in my own practice is hellip

One thing I am going to propose to my subject group is hellip

One thing we should do at Department Institutional level is hellip

One thing I want to say is hellip

Page 25: Task! Discussing the University web site… Ensure you all have session handout Discuss with those around you how this university conceives the roles of.

Provisional planning

On the basis of the session so far

provisionally plan ONE intervention in your

own practicehellip

The central features are

Consider how to better ensure lsquosuccessrsquo

including recognising certain expected

difficulties

Taking this forward in your practiceDecide whom is an A and whom a B

A speaks and B listens 3 mins

What I am provisionally taking forward

into my own practice is hellip

B speaks and A listens hellip2 mins

Some suggestions I have are hellip

Now B speaks and A listens

B speaks and A listens 3 mins

What I am provisionally taking forward

into my own practice is hellip

A speaks and B listens hellip2 mins

Some suggestions I have are hellip

Disciplinary Perspectives

Why Disciplines Might Be Significant Logical Hypotheses

bull Disciplines are academic lsquocommunities of practicersquo

bull The nature ofextent of research in the discipline may varybe significant

bull The nature of the fundingorganisation of research in the discipline may

be significant

bull The nature ofrole of scholarship in the discipline may varybe significant

bull The nature of pedagogy in the discipline may be different

bull The nature of how research is taught in the discipline may be significant

bull The importance of research as taught in the discipline may be significant

bull The nature of the staff and or student culture across the discipline may be

significant

bull The importance of research to future student rolesemployability may be

significant

What is

research

Breaking new ground moving

forward exploration and

discovery

How visible is it Laboratories and machinery (ie

tools) but often behind closed

doors

Where is it

located

Out there at a higher level

Who does it Lecturers

Students experience of learning in a research environment Physics handout p 7

Source Robertson and Blackler (2006)

What is

research

Gathering information in the

world answering a question

How visible is it Most visible in the field

Where is it

located

Out there in the field

Who does it Lecturers and (increasingly over

time) students

Students experience of learning in a research environment Geography handout p 7

Source Robertson and Blackler (2006)

What is

research

Looking into gathering putting

it together a focus of interest

How visible is it Not tangibly visible but apparent

in the dialogue

Where is it

located

In the library in the head

Who does it Lecturers and students

Students experience of learning in a research environment English Handout p 7

Source Robertson and Blackler (2006)

Study of Physics and English faculty in two US institutions

In Physics the links lay in the way that undergraduates and

postgraduates could be involved in (staff) research for

much of the research was team basedthe potential and

actual links lay in the organisation of research and

pedagogy Much of the pedagogy was enquiry-based

In English the connections between research and scholarship

were strong indeed the distinctions between research

and scholarship were hard to drawThe teaching-research

connections lay more in the content of the curriculum

(Colbeck 1998)

Discuss teaching research relationships in your course team department or Faculty

Nexus rdquois a connection usually where multiple

elements meetrdquo Wikipedia

Teaching and research relations in my course

team department are like These analogies my

help

lsquolove and marriagersquo lsquo a horse and carriagersquo or

lsquostrangers in the nightrsquo (Sinatra F)

Departmental Relationships

One Research Study in UK Built Environment

departments (Urban Planning) Brookes

Sheffield Hallam Westminster and

University of West of England

Teaching was organised Research was

organised little was done to bring them

together

QAA Scotland Research Teaching Linkages httpwwwenhancementthemesacukdocumentsResearchTeachingQAA292Overview260509pdf

Areas for development

1048698 While there are wide-ranging innovative examples of practice and policy in all institutions

much of this is implicit and not systematically developed or supported

1048698 While the evidence was strong of effective examples of practice at final-year level(for example some

form of research project) institutions departments and schools need to ensure that

these research attributes are developed systematically through programmes in a

structured manner from year one

1048698 There is a sense that the issues were better understood and supported by staff heavily engaged in

teaching and not really understood or supported by those with a major focus on research

1048698 Attention needs to be given to ensuring that students are aware of and understand the

importance of research-based attributes for their future employability and success

as lifelong learners Course teams need to develop waysthat support students understanding

of these attributes and their belief in how they can aid their future employment and involvement

in civic life ( emphasis added)

Considering two case studies

Consider the case study of geography at University College London page 17 ( ignore Oxford Brookes) and Engineering at Imperial p 32

Donrsquot get lost in is this lsquogoodrsquo or lsquobadrsquo practice Letrsquos see it as lsquointeresting practicersquo

What that those departments done to try to bring together teaching and research

What are the similarities and the differences between their strategies

Group Task Departmental Case Studies pp 29-38

Discuss one or more of the case studies ndashand then agree on one

statement worth making as to its value to your

department(s) Faculty this institution

31 Biosciences Chemistry Medicine and Health Sciences

32 Engineering and Mathematics

33 Arts and Social Sciences

34 Geography Earth and Environmental Sciences

35 Developing research skills and academic practices

36 Re-designing Spaces

Note Annex One Linking Teaching and Research in Departments p 40

Questions and Strategies

bull Curriculum and research-based learning

bull Management organisational structure

and staffing at departmental level

bull Inclusive culture

Isssues of Multi and Interdisciplinarity

Internationally hellipfew students now do a single subject degree

Study of long term impact of a degree at Oxford Polytechnic Oxford Brookes

where students studied two subjects Selected geography students

interviewed 5101520 years after graduation

For many this was first time they had been asked to consider their overall

degree relationships between the two subjects they had studied

Jenkins A Jones L and Ward A ( 2001 ) The long -term effect of a degree on

graduate lives Studies in Higher Education 26(2)149-163

Two lsquosolutionsrsquo

Interdisciplinary seminars

Final Year Capstone Courses

httpwwwheacademyacukprojectsdetailntfs

ntfsproject_Gloucestershire10

Remember ldquoWe need to maximise the (potential) synergies and minimise the conflicts

This requires actions at a variety of levelsrdquo

Annex 1 Linking Teaching and Research in Departments

Questions and Strategies p 40

Annex 2 Strategies for Linking Teaching and Research within

Courses and Programmes p41

Annex 3 Institutional Strategies to Link Teaching and

Research A Framework p42

Annex 4 Possible strategies for national and international

organisations pp42-3

My conclusions

bull Understanding the complexity of knowledge lies at

the centre of what makes HIGHER education distinctive

bull That requires purposeful action at a variety of levels

bull In onersquos own teaching and to an extent at course team and

departmental level one does have some freedom of action And

perhaps you can in part shape your research to link with your

teaching

bull Bringing your teaching and research more effectively together can

help you balance what can be competing demands on your time and

attention

bull These issues will shape your whole careerif you are an early career

academic one needs now to focus on what is in your lsquocontrolrsquo but look

to the future hellip

A Conclusion

A Round One thing I am going to do in my own practice is hellip

One thing I am going to propose to my subject group is hellip

One thing we should do at Department Institutional level is hellip

One thing I want to say is hellip

Page 26: Task! Discussing the University web site… Ensure you all have session handout Discuss with those around you how this university conceives the roles of.

Taking this forward in your practiceDecide whom is an A and whom a B

A speaks and B listens 3 mins

What I am provisionally taking forward

into my own practice is hellip

B speaks and A listens hellip2 mins

Some suggestions I have are hellip

Now B speaks and A listens

B speaks and A listens 3 mins

What I am provisionally taking forward

into my own practice is hellip

A speaks and B listens hellip2 mins

Some suggestions I have are hellip

Disciplinary Perspectives

Why Disciplines Might Be Significant Logical Hypotheses

bull Disciplines are academic lsquocommunities of practicersquo

bull The nature ofextent of research in the discipline may varybe significant

bull The nature of the fundingorganisation of research in the discipline may

be significant

bull The nature ofrole of scholarship in the discipline may varybe significant

bull The nature of pedagogy in the discipline may be different

bull The nature of how research is taught in the discipline may be significant

bull The importance of research as taught in the discipline may be significant

bull The nature of the staff and or student culture across the discipline may be

significant

bull The importance of research to future student rolesemployability may be

significant

What is

research

Breaking new ground moving

forward exploration and

discovery

How visible is it Laboratories and machinery (ie

tools) but often behind closed

doors

Where is it

located

Out there at a higher level

Who does it Lecturers

Students experience of learning in a research environment Physics handout p 7

Source Robertson and Blackler (2006)

What is

research

Gathering information in the

world answering a question

How visible is it Most visible in the field

Where is it

located

Out there in the field

Who does it Lecturers and (increasingly over

time) students

Students experience of learning in a research environment Geography handout p 7

Source Robertson and Blackler (2006)

What is

research

Looking into gathering putting

it together a focus of interest

How visible is it Not tangibly visible but apparent

in the dialogue

Where is it

located

In the library in the head

Who does it Lecturers and students

Students experience of learning in a research environment English Handout p 7

Source Robertson and Blackler (2006)

Study of Physics and English faculty in two US institutions

In Physics the links lay in the way that undergraduates and

postgraduates could be involved in (staff) research for

much of the research was team basedthe potential and

actual links lay in the organisation of research and

pedagogy Much of the pedagogy was enquiry-based

In English the connections between research and scholarship

were strong indeed the distinctions between research

and scholarship were hard to drawThe teaching-research

connections lay more in the content of the curriculum

(Colbeck 1998)

Discuss teaching research relationships in your course team department or Faculty

Nexus rdquois a connection usually where multiple

elements meetrdquo Wikipedia

Teaching and research relations in my course

team department are like These analogies my

help

lsquolove and marriagersquo lsquo a horse and carriagersquo or

lsquostrangers in the nightrsquo (Sinatra F)

Departmental Relationships

One Research Study in UK Built Environment

departments (Urban Planning) Brookes

Sheffield Hallam Westminster and

University of West of England

Teaching was organised Research was

organised little was done to bring them

together

QAA Scotland Research Teaching Linkages httpwwwenhancementthemesacukdocumentsResearchTeachingQAA292Overview260509pdf

Areas for development

1048698 While there are wide-ranging innovative examples of practice and policy in all institutions

much of this is implicit and not systematically developed or supported

1048698 While the evidence was strong of effective examples of practice at final-year level(for example some

form of research project) institutions departments and schools need to ensure that

these research attributes are developed systematically through programmes in a

structured manner from year one

1048698 There is a sense that the issues were better understood and supported by staff heavily engaged in

teaching and not really understood or supported by those with a major focus on research

1048698 Attention needs to be given to ensuring that students are aware of and understand the

importance of research-based attributes for their future employability and success

as lifelong learners Course teams need to develop waysthat support students understanding

of these attributes and their belief in how they can aid their future employment and involvement

in civic life ( emphasis added)

Considering two case studies

Consider the case study of geography at University College London page 17 ( ignore Oxford Brookes) and Engineering at Imperial p 32

Donrsquot get lost in is this lsquogoodrsquo or lsquobadrsquo practice Letrsquos see it as lsquointeresting practicersquo

What that those departments done to try to bring together teaching and research

What are the similarities and the differences between their strategies

Group Task Departmental Case Studies pp 29-38

Discuss one or more of the case studies ndashand then agree on one

statement worth making as to its value to your

department(s) Faculty this institution

31 Biosciences Chemistry Medicine and Health Sciences

32 Engineering and Mathematics

33 Arts and Social Sciences

34 Geography Earth and Environmental Sciences

35 Developing research skills and academic practices

36 Re-designing Spaces

Note Annex One Linking Teaching and Research in Departments p 40

Questions and Strategies

bull Curriculum and research-based learning

bull Management organisational structure

and staffing at departmental level

bull Inclusive culture

Isssues of Multi and Interdisciplinarity

Internationally hellipfew students now do a single subject degree

Study of long term impact of a degree at Oxford Polytechnic Oxford Brookes

where students studied two subjects Selected geography students

interviewed 5101520 years after graduation

For many this was first time they had been asked to consider their overall

degree relationships between the two subjects they had studied

Jenkins A Jones L and Ward A ( 2001 ) The long -term effect of a degree on

graduate lives Studies in Higher Education 26(2)149-163

Two lsquosolutionsrsquo

Interdisciplinary seminars

Final Year Capstone Courses

httpwwwheacademyacukprojectsdetailntfs

ntfsproject_Gloucestershire10

Remember ldquoWe need to maximise the (potential) synergies and minimise the conflicts

This requires actions at a variety of levelsrdquo

Annex 1 Linking Teaching and Research in Departments

Questions and Strategies p 40

Annex 2 Strategies for Linking Teaching and Research within

Courses and Programmes p41

Annex 3 Institutional Strategies to Link Teaching and

Research A Framework p42

Annex 4 Possible strategies for national and international

organisations pp42-3

My conclusions

bull Understanding the complexity of knowledge lies at

the centre of what makes HIGHER education distinctive

bull That requires purposeful action at a variety of levels

bull In onersquos own teaching and to an extent at course team and

departmental level one does have some freedom of action And

perhaps you can in part shape your research to link with your

teaching

bull Bringing your teaching and research more effectively together can

help you balance what can be competing demands on your time and

attention

bull These issues will shape your whole careerif you are an early career

academic one needs now to focus on what is in your lsquocontrolrsquo but look

to the future hellip

A Conclusion

A Round One thing I am going to do in my own practice is hellip

One thing I am going to propose to my subject group is hellip

One thing we should do at Department Institutional level is hellip

One thing I want to say is hellip

Page 27: Task! Discussing the University web site… Ensure you all have session handout Discuss with those around you how this university conceives the roles of.

Now B speaks and A listens

B speaks and A listens 3 mins

What I am provisionally taking forward

into my own practice is hellip

A speaks and B listens hellip2 mins

Some suggestions I have are hellip

Disciplinary Perspectives

Why Disciplines Might Be Significant Logical Hypotheses

bull Disciplines are academic lsquocommunities of practicersquo

bull The nature ofextent of research in the discipline may varybe significant

bull The nature of the fundingorganisation of research in the discipline may

be significant

bull The nature ofrole of scholarship in the discipline may varybe significant

bull The nature of pedagogy in the discipline may be different

bull The nature of how research is taught in the discipline may be significant

bull The importance of research as taught in the discipline may be significant

bull The nature of the staff and or student culture across the discipline may be

significant

bull The importance of research to future student rolesemployability may be

significant

What is

research

Breaking new ground moving

forward exploration and

discovery

How visible is it Laboratories and machinery (ie

tools) but often behind closed

doors

Where is it

located

Out there at a higher level

Who does it Lecturers

Students experience of learning in a research environment Physics handout p 7

Source Robertson and Blackler (2006)

What is

research

Gathering information in the

world answering a question

How visible is it Most visible in the field

Where is it

located

Out there in the field

Who does it Lecturers and (increasingly over

time) students

Students experience of learning in a research environment Geography handout p 7

Source Robertson and Blackler (2006)

What is

research

Looking into gathering putting

it together a focus of interest

How visible is it Not tangibly visible but apparent

in the dialogue

Where is it

located

In the library in the head

Who does it Lecturers and students

Students experience of learning in a research environment English Handout p 7

Source Robertson and Blackler (2006)

Study of Physics and English faculty in two US institutions

In Physics the links lay in the way that undergraduates and

postgraduates could be involved in (staff) research for

much of the research was team basedthe potential and

actual links lay in the organisation of research and

pedagogy Much of the pedagogy was enquiry-based

In English the connections between research and scholarship

were strong indeed the distinctions between research

and scholarship were hard to drawThe teaching-research

connections lay more in the content of the curriculum

(Colbeck 1998)

Discuss teaching research relationships in your course team department or Faculty

Nexus rdquois a connection usually where multiple

elements meetrdquo Wikipedia

Teaching and research relations in my course

team department are like These analogies my

help

lsquolove and marriagersquo lsquo a horse and carriagersquo or

lsquostrangers in the nightrsquo (Sinatra F)

Departmental Relationships

One Research Study in UK Built Environment

departments (Urban Planning) Brookes

Sheffield Hallam Westminster and

University of West of England

Teaching was organised Research was

organised little was done to bring them

together

QAA Scotland Research Teaching Linkages httpwwwenhancementthemesacukdocumentsResearchTeachingQAA292Overview260509pdf

Areas for development

1048698 While there are wide-ranging innovative examples of practice and policy in all institutions

much of this is implicit and not systematically developed or supported

1048698 While the evidence was strong of effective examples of practice at final-year level(for example some

form of research project) institutions departments and schools need to ensure that

these research attributes are developed systematically through programmes in a

structured manner from year one

1048698 There is a sense that the issues were better understood and supported by staff heavily engaged in

teaching and not really understood or supported by those with a major focus on research

1048698 Attention needs to be given to ensuring that students are aware of and understand the

importance of research-based attributes for their future employability and success

as lifelong learners Course teams need to develop waysthat support students understanding

of these attributes and their belief in how they can aid their future employment and involvement

in civic life ( emphasis added)

Considering two case studies

Consider the case study of geography at University College London page 17 ( ignore Oxford Brookes) and Engineering at Imperial p 32

Donrsquot get lost in is this lsquogoodrsquo or lsquobadrsquo practice Letrsquos see it as lsquointeresting practicersquo

What that those departments done to try to bring together teaching and research

What are the similarities and the differences between their strategies

Group Task Departmental Case Studies pp 29-38

Discuss one or more of the case studies ndashand then agree on one

statement worth making as to its value to your

department(s) Faculty this institution

31 Biosciences Chemistry Medicine and Health Sciences

32 Engineering and Mathematics

33 Arts and Social Sciences

34 Geography Earth and Environmental Sciences

35 Developing research skills and academic practices

36 Re-designing Spaces

Note Annex One Linking Teaching and Research in Departments p 40

Questions and Strategies

bull Curriculum and research-based learning

bull Management organisational structure

and staffing at departmental level

bull Inclusive culture

Isssues of Multi and Interdisciplinarity

Internationally hellipfew students now do a single subject degree

Study of long term impact of a degree at Oxford Polytechnic Oxford Brookes

where students studied two subjects Selected geography students

interviewed 5101520 years after graduation

For many this was first time they had been asked to consider their overall

degree relationships between the two subjects they had studied

Jenkins A Jones L and Ward A ( 2001 ) The long -term effect of a degree on

graduate lives Studies in Higher Education 26(2)149-163

Two lsquosolutionsrsquo

Interdisciplinary seminars

Final Year Capstone Courses

httpwwwheacademyacukprojectsdetailntfs

ntfsproject_Gloucestershire10

Remember ldquoWe need to maximise the (potential) synergies and minimise the conflicts

This requires actions at a variety of levelsrdquo

Annex 1 Linking Teaching and Research in Departments

Questions and Strategies p 40

Annex 2 Strategies for Linking Teaching and Research within

Courses and Programmes p41

Annex 3 Institutional Strategies to Link Teaching and

Research A Framework p42

Annex 4 Possible strategies for national and international

organisations pp42-3

My conclusions

bull Understanding the complexity of knowledge lies at

the centre of what makes HIGHER education distinctive

bull That requires purposeful action at a variety of levels

bull In onersquos own teaching and to an extent at course team and

departmental level one does have some freedom of action And

perhaps you can in part shape your research to link with your

teaching

bull Bringing your teaching and research more effectively together can

help you balance what can be competing demands on your time and

attention

bull These issues will shape your whole careerif you are an early career

academic one needs now to focus on what is in your lsquocontrolrsquo but look

to the future hellip

A Conclusion

A Round One thing I am going to do in my own practice is hellip

One thing I am going to propose to my subject group is hellip

One thing we should do at Department Institutional level is hellip

One thing I want to say is hellip

Page 28: Task! Discussing the University web site… Ensure you all have session handout Discuss with those around you how this university conceives the roles of.

Disciplinary Perspectives

Why Disciplines Might Be Significant Logical Hypotheses

bull Disciplines are academic lsquocommunities of practicersquo

bull The nature ofextent of research in the discipline may varybe significant

bull The nature of the fundingorganisation of research in the discipline may

be significant

bull The nature ofrole of scholarship in the discipline may varybe significant

bull The nature of pedagogy in the discipline may be different

bull The nature of how research is taught in the discipline may be significant

bull The importance of research as taught in the discipline may be significant

bull The nature of the staff and or student culture across the discipline may be

significant

bull The importance of research to future student rolesemployability may be

significant

What is

research

Breaking new ground moving

forward exploration and

discovery

How visible is it Laboratories and machinery (ie

tools) but often behind closed

doors

Where is it

located

Out there at a higher level

Who does it Lecturers

Students experience of learning in a research environment Physics handout p 7

Source Robertson and Blackler (2006)

What is

research

Gathering information in the

world answering a question

How visible is it Most visible in the field

Where is it

located

Out there in the field

Who does it Lecturers and (increasingly over

time) students

Students experience of learning in a research environment Geography handout p 7

Source Robertson and Blackler (2006)

What is

research

Looking into gathering putting

it together a focus of interest

How visible is it Not tangibly visible but apparent

in the dialogue

Where is it

located

In the library in the head

Who does it Lecturers and students

Students experience of learning in a research environment English Handout p 7

Source Robertson and Blackler (2006)

Study of Physics and English faculty in two US institutions

In Physics the links lay in the way that undergraduates and

postgraduates could be involved in (staff) research for

much of the research was team basedthe potential and

actual links lay in the organisation of research and

pedagogy Much of the pedagogy was enquiry-based

In English the connections between research and scholarship

were strong indeed the distinctions between research

and scholarship were hard to drawThe teaching-research

connections lay more in the content of the curriculum

(Colbeck 1998)

Discuss teaching research relationships in your course team department or Faculty

Nexus rdquois a connection usually where multiple

elements meetrdquo Wikipedia

Teaching and research relations in my course

team department are like These analogies my

help

lsquolove and marriagersquo lsquo a horse and carriagersquo or

lsquostrangers in the nightrsquo (Sinatra F)

Departmental Relationships

One Research Study in UK Built Environment

departments (Urban Planning) Brookes

Sheffield Hallam Westminster and

University of West of England

Teaching was organised Research was

organised little was done to bring them

together

QAA Scotland Research Teaching Linkages httpwwwenhancementthemesacukdocumentsResearchTeachingQAA292Overview260509pdf

Areas for development

1048698 While there are wide-ranging innovative examples of practice and policy in all institutions

much of this is implicit and not systematically developed or supported

1048698 While the evidence was strong of effective examples of practice at final-year level(for example some

form of research project) institutions departments and schools need to ensure that

these research attributes are developed systematically through programmes in a

structured manner from year one

1048698 There is a sense that the issues were better understood and supported by staff heavily engaged in

teaching and not really understood or supported by those with a major focus on research

1048698 Attention needs to be given to ensuring that students are aware of and understand the

importance of research-based attributes for their future employability and success

as lifelong learners Course teams need to develop waysthat support students understanding

of these attributes and their belief in how they can aid their future employment and involvement

in civic life ( emphasis added)

Considering two case studies

Consider the case study of geography at University College London page 17 ( ignore Oxford Brookes) and Engineering at Imperial p 32

Donrsquot get lost in is this lsquogoodrsquo or lsquobadrsquo practice Letrsquos see it as lsquointeresting practicersquo

What that those departments done to try to bring together teaching and research

What are the similarities and the differences between their strategies

Group Task Departmental Case Studies pp 29-38

Discuss one or more of the case studies ndashand then agree on one

statement worth making as to its value to your

department(s) Faculty this institution

31 Biosciences Chemistry Medicine and Health Sciences

32 Engineering and Mathematics

33 Arts and Social Sciences

34 Geography Earth and Environmental Sciences

35 Developing research skills and academic practices

36 Re-designing Spaces

Note Annex One Linking Teaching and Research in Departments p 40

Questions and Strategies

bull Curriculum and research-based learning

bull Management organisational structure

and staffing at departmental level

bull Inclusive culture

Isssues of Multi and Interdisciplinarity

Internationally hellipfew students now do a single subject degree

Study of long term impact of a degree at Oxford Polytechnic Oxford Brookes

where students studied two subjects Selected geography students

interviewed 5101520 years after graduation

For many this was first time they had been asked to consider their overall

degree relationships between the two subjects they had studied

Jenkins A Jones L and Ward A ( 2001 ) The long -term effect of a degree on

graduate lives Studies in Higher Education 26(2)149-163

Two lsquosolutionsrsquo

Interdisciplinary seminars

Final Year Capstone Courses

httpwwwheacademyacukprojectsdetailntfs

ntfsproject_Gloucestershire10

Remember ldquoWe need to maximise the (potential) synergies and minimise the conflicts

This requires actions at a variety of levelsrdquo

Annex 1 Linking Teaching and Research in Departments

Questions and Strategies p 40

Annex 2 Strategies for Linking Teaching and Research within

Courses and Programmes p41

Annex 3 Institutional Strategies to Link Teaching and

Research A Framework p42

Annex 4 Possible strategies for national and international

organisations pp42-3

My conclusions

bull Understanding the complexity of knowledge lies at

the centre of what makes HIGHER education distinctive

bull That requires purposeful action at a variety of levels

bull In onersquos own teaching and to an extent at course team and

departmental level one does have some freedom of action And

perhaps you can in part shape your research to link with your

teaching

bull Bringing your teaching and research more effectively together can

help you balance what can be competing demands on your time and

attention

bull These issues will shape your whole careerif you are an early career

academic one needs now to focus on what is in your lsquocontrolrsquo but look

to the future hellip

A Conclusion

A Round One thing I am going to do in my own practice is hellip

One thing I am going to propose to my subject group is hellip

One thing we should do at Department Institutional level is hellip

One thing I want to say is hellip

Page 29: Task! Discussing the University web site… Ensure you all have session handout Discuss with those around you how this university conceives the roles of.

What is

research

Breaking new ground moving

forward exploration and

discovery

How visible is it Laboratories and machinery (ie

tools) but often behind closed

doors

Where is it

located

Out there at a higher level

Who does it Lecturers

Students experience of learning in a research environment Physics handout p 7

Source Robertson and Blackler (2006)

What is

research

Gathering information in the

world answering a question

How visible is it Most visible in the field

Where is it

located

Out there in the field

Who does it Lecturers and (increasingly over

time) students

Students experience of learning in a research environment Geography handout p 7

Source Robertson and Blackler (2006)

What is

research

Looking into gathering putting

it together a focus of interest

How visible is it Not tangibly visible but apparent

in the dialogue

Where is it

located

In the library in the head

Who does it Lecturers and students

Students experience of learning in a research environment English Handout p 7

Source Robertson and Blackler (2006)

Study of Physics and English faculty in two US institutions

In Physics the links lay in the way that undergraduates and

postgraduates could be involved in (staff) research for

much of the research was team basedthe potential and

actual links lay in the organisation of research and

pedagogy Much of the pedagogy was enquiry-based

In English the connections between research and scholarship

were strong indeed the distinctions between research

and scholarship were hard to drawThe teaching-research

connections lay more in the content of the curriculum

(Colbeck 1998)

Discuss teaching research relationships in your course team department or Faculty

Nexus rdquois a connection usually where multiple

elements meetrdquo Wikipedia

Teaching and research relations in my course

team department are like These analogies my

help

lsquolove and marriagersquo lsquo a horse and carriagersquo or

lsquostrangers in the nightrsquo (Sinatra F)

Departmental Relationships

One Research Study in UK Built Environment

departments (Urban Planning) Brookes

Sheffield Hallam Westminster and

University of West of England

Teaching was organised Research was

organised little was done to bring them

together

QAA Scotland Research Teaching Linkages httpwwwenhancementthemesacukdocumentsResearchTeachingQAA292Overview260509pdf

Areas for development

1048698 While there are wide-ranging innovative examples of practice and policy in all institutions

much of this is implicit and not systematically developed or supported

1048698 While the evidence was strong of effective examples of practice at final-year level(for example some

form of research project) institutions departments and schools need to ensure that

these research attributes are developed systematically through programmes in a

structured manner from year one

1048698 There is a sense that the issues were better understood and supported by staff heavily engaged in

teaching and not really understood or supported by those with a major focus on research

1048698 Attention needs to be given to ensuring that students are aware of and understand the

importance of research-based attributes for their future employability and success

as lifelong learners Course teams need to develop waysthat support students understanding

of these attributes and their belief in how they can aid their future employment and involvement

in civic life ( emphasis added)

Considering two case studies

Consider the case study of geography at University College London page 17 ( ignore Oxford Brookes) and Engineering at Imperial p 32

Donrsquot get lost in is this lsquogoodrsquo or lsquobadrsquo practice Letrsquos see it as lsquointeresting practicersquo

What that those departments done to try to bring together teaching and research

What are the similarities and the differences between their strategies

Group Task Departmental Case Studies pp 29-38

Discuss one or more of the case studies ndashand then agree on one

statement worth making as to its value to your

department(s) Faculty this institution

31 Biosciences Chemistry Medicine and Health Sciences

32 Engineering and Mathematics

33 Arts and Social Sciences

34 Geography Earth and Environmental Sciences

35 Developing research skills and academic practices

36 Re-designing Spaces

Note Annex One Linking Teaching and Research in Departments p 40

Questions and Strategies

bull Curriculum and research-based learning

bull Management organisational structure

and staffing at departmental level

bull Inclusive culture

Isssues of Multi and Interdisciplinarity

Internationally hellipfew students now do a single subject degree

Study of long term impact of a degree at Oxford Polytechnic Oxford Brookes

where students studied two subjects Selected geography students

interviewed 5101520 years after graduation

For many this was first time they had been asked to consider their overall

degree relationships between the two subjects they had studied

Jenkins A Jones L and Ward A ( 2001 ) The long -term effect of a degree on

graduate lives Studies in Higher Education 26(2)149-163

Two lsquosolutionsrsquo

Interdisciplinary seminars

Final Year Capstone Courses

httpwwwheacademyacukprojectsdetailntfs

ntfsproject_Gloucestershire10

Remember ldquoWe need to maximise the (potential) synergies and minimise the conflicts

This requires actions at a variety of levelsrdquo

Annex 1 Linking Teaching and Research in Departments

Questions and Strategies p 40

Annex 2 Strategies for Linking Teaching and Research within

Courses and Programmes p41

Annex 3 Institutional Strategies to Link Teaching and

Research A Framework p42

Annex 4 Possible strategies for national and international

organisations pp42-3

My conclusions

bull Understanding the complexity of knowledge lies at

the centre of what makes HIGHER education distinctive

bull That requires purposeful action at a variety of levels

bull In onersquos own teaching and to an extent at course team and

departmental level one does have some freedom of action And

perhaps you can in part shape your research to link with your

teaching

bull Bringing your teaching and research more effectively together can

help you balance what can be competing demands on your time and

attention

bull These issues will shape your whole careerif you are an early career

academic one needs now to focus on what is in your lsquocontrolrsquo but look

to the future hellip

A Conclusion

A Round One thing I am going to do in my own practice is hellip

One thing I am going to propose to my subject group is hellip

One thing we should do at Department Institutional level is hellip

One thing I want to say is hellip

Page 30: Task! Discussing the University web site… Ensure you all have session handout Discuss with those around you how this university conceives the roles of.

What is

research

Gathering information in the

world answering a question

How visible is it Most visible in the field

Where is it

located

Out there in the field

Who does it Lecturers and (increasingly over

time) students

Students experience of learning in a research environment Geography handout p 7

Source Robertson and Blackler (2006)

What is

research

Looking into gathering putting

it together a focus of interest

How visible is it Not tangibly visible but apparent

in the dialogue

Where is it

located

In the library in the head

Who does it Lecturers and students

Students experience of learning in a research environment English Handout p 7

Source Robertson and Blackler (2006)

Study of Physics and English faculty in two US institutions

In Physics the links lay in the way that undergraduates and

postgraduates could be involved in (staff) research for

much of the research was team basedthe potential and

actual links lay in the organisation of research and

pedagogy Much of the pedagogy was enquiry-based

In English the connections between research and scholarship

were strong indeed the distinctions between research

and scholarship were hard to drawThe teaching-research

connections lay more in the content of the curriculum

(Colbeck 1998)

Discuss teaching research relationships in your course team department or Faculty

Nexus rdquois a connection usually where multiple

elements meetrdquo Wikipedia

Teaching and research relations in my course

team department are like These analogies my

help

lsquolove and marriagersquo lsquo a horse and carriagersquo or

lsquostrangers in the nightrsquo (Sinatra F)

Departmental Relationships

One Research Study in UK Built Environment

departments (Urban Planning) Brookes

Sheffield Hallam Westminster and

University of West of England

Teaching was organised Research was

organised little was done to bring them

together

QAA Scotland Research Teaching Linkages httpwwwenhancementthemesacukdocumentsResearchTeachingQAA292Overview260509pdf

Areas for development

1048698 While there are wide-ranging innovative examples of practice and policy in all institutions

much of this is implicit and not systematically developed or supported

1048698 While the evidence was strong of effective examples of practice at final-year level(for example some

form of research project) institutions departments and schools need to ensure that

these research attributes are developed systematically through programmes in a

structured manner from year one

1048698 There is a sense that the issues were better understood and supported by staff heavily engaged in

teaching and not really understood or supported by those with a major focus on research

1048698 Attention needs to be given to ensuring that students are aware of and understand the

importance of research-based attributes for their future employability and success

as lifelong learners Course teams need to develop waysthat support students understanding

of these attributes and their belief in how they can aid their future employment and involvement

in civic life ( emphasis added)

Considering two case studies

Consider the case study of geography at University College London page 17 ( ignore Oxford Brookes) and Engineering at Imperial p 32

Donrsquot get lost in is this lsquogoodrsquo or lsquobadrsquo practice Letrsquos see it as lsquointeresting practicersquo

What that those departments done to try to bring together teaching and research

What are the similarities and the differences between their strategies

Group Task Departmental Case Studies pp 29-38

Discuss one or more of the case studies ndashand then agree on one

statement worth making as to its value to your

department(s) Faculty this institution

31 Biosciences Chemistry Medicine and Health Sciences

32 Engineering and Mathematics

33 Arts and Social Sciences

34 Geography Earth and Environmental Sciences

35 Developing research skills and academic practices

36 Re-designing Spaces

Note Annex One Linking Teaching and Research in Departments p 40

Questions and Strategies

bull Curriculum and research-based learning

bull Management organisational structure

and staffing at departmental level

bull Inclusive culture

Isssues of Multi and Interdisciplinarity

Internationally hellipfew students now do a single subject degree

Study of long term impact of a degree at Oxford Polytechnic Oxford Brookes

where students studied two subjects Selected geography students

interviewed 5101520 years after graduation

For many this was first time they had been asked to consider their overall

degree relationships between the two subjects they had studied

Jenkins A Jones L and Ward A ( 2001 ) The long -term effect of a degree on

graduate lives Studies in Higher Education 26(2)149-163

Two lsquosolutionsrsquo

Interdisciplinary seminars

Final Year Capstone Courses

httpwwwheacademyacukprojectsdetailntfs

ntfsproject_Gloucestershire10

Remember ldquoWe need to maximise the (potential) synergies and minimise the conflicts

This requires actions at a variety of levelsrdquo

Annex 1 Linking Teaching and Research in Departments

Questions and Strategies p 40

Annex 2 Strategies for Linking Teaching and Research within

Courses and Programmes p41

Annex 3 Institutional Strategies to Link Teaching and

Research A Framework p42

Annex 4 Possible strategies for national and international

organisations pp42-3

My conclusions

bull Understanding the complexity of knowledge lies at

the centre of what makes HIGHER education distinctive

bull That requires purposeful action at a variety of levels

bull In onersquos own teaching and to an extent at course team and

departmental level one does have some freedom of action And

perhaps you can in part shape your research to link with your

teaching

bull Bringing your teaching and research more effectively together can

help you balance what can be competing demands on your time and

attention

bull These issues will shape your whole careerif you are an early career

academic one needs now to focus on what is in your lsquocontrolrsquo but look

to the future hellip

A Conclusion

A Round One thing I am going to do in my own practice is hellip

One thing I am going to propose to my subject group is hellip

One thing we should do at Department Institutional level is hellip

One thing I want to say is hellip

Page 31: Task! Discussing the University web site… Ensure you all have session handout Discuss with those around you how this university conceives the roles of.

What is

research

Looking into gathering putting

it together a focus of interest

How visible is it Not tangibly visible but apparent

in the dialogue

Where is it

located

In the library in the head

Who does it Lecturers and students

Students experience of learning in a research environment English Handout p 7

Source Robertson and Blackler (2006)

Study of Physics and English faculty in two US institutions

In Physics the links lay in the way that undergraduates and

postgraduates could be involved in (staff) research for

much of the research was team basedthe potential and

actual links lay in the organisation of research and

pedagogy Much of the pedagogy was enquiry-based

In English the connections between research and scholarship

were strong indeed the distinctions between research

and scholarship were hard to drawThe teaching-research

connections lay more in the content of the curriculum

(Colbeck 1998)

Discuss teaching research relationships in your course team department or Faculty

Nexus rdquois a connection usually where multiple

elements meetrdquo Wikipedia

Teaching and research relations in my course

team department are like These analogies my

help

lsquolove and marriagersquo lsquo a horse and carriagersquo or

lsquostrangers in the nightrsquo (Sinatra F)

Departmental Relationships

One Research Study in UK Built Environment

departments (Urban Planning) Brookes

Sheffield Hallam Westminster and

University of West of England

Teaching was organised Research was

organised little was done to bring them

together

QAA Scotland Research Teaching Linkages httpwwwenhancementthemesacukdocumentsResearchTeachingQAA292Overview260509pdf

Areas for development

1048698 While there are wide-ranging innovative examples of practice and policy in all institutions

much of this is implicit and not systematically developed or supported

1048698 While the evidence was strong of effective examples of practice at final-year level(for example some

form of research project) institutions departments and schools need to ensure that

these research attributes are developed systematically through programmes in a

structured manner from year one

1048698 There is a sense that the issues were better understood and supported by staff heavily engaged in

teaching and not really understood or supported by those with a major focus on research

1048698 Attention needs to be given to ensuring that students are aware of and understand the

importance of research-based attributes for their future employability and success

as lifelong learners Course teams need to develop waysthat support students understanding

of these attributes and their belief in how they can aid their future employment and involvement

in civic life ( emphasis added)

Considering two case studies

Consider the case study of geography at University College London page 17 ( ignore Oxford Brookes) and Engineering at Imperial p 32

Donrsquot get lost in is this lsquogoodrsquo or lsquobadrsquo practice Letrsquos see it as lsquointeresting practicersquo

What that those departments done to try to bring together teaching and research

What are the similarities and the differences between their strategies

Group Task Departmental Case Studies pp 29-38

Discuss one or more of the case studies ndashand then agree on one

statement worth making as to its value to your

department(s) Faculty this institution

31 Biosciences Chemistry Medicine and Health Sciences

32 Engineering and Mathematics

33 Arts and Social Sciences

34 Geography Earth and Environmental Sciences

35 Developing research skills and academic practices

36 Re-designing Spaces

Note Annex One Linking Teaching and Research in Departments p 40

Questions and Strategies

bull Curriculum and research-based learning

bull Management organisational structure

and staffing at departmental level

bull Inclusive culture

Isssues of Multi and Interdisciplinarity

Internationally hellipfew students now do a single subject degree

Study of long term impact of a degree at Oxford Polytechnic Oxford Brookes

where students studied two subjects Selected geography students

interviewed 5101520 years after graduation

For many this was first time they had been asked to consider their overall

degree relationships between the two subjects they had studied

Jenkins A Jones L and Ward A ( 2001 ) The long -term effect of a degree on

graduate lives Studies in Higher Education 26(2)149-163

Two lsquosolutionsrsquo

Interdisciplinary seminars

Final Year Capstone Courses

httpwwwheacademyacukprojectsdetailntfs

ntfsproject_Gloucestershire10

Remember ldquoWe need to maximise the (potential) synergies and minimise the conflicts

This requires actions at a variety of levelsrdquo

Annex 1 Linking Teaching and Research in Departments

Questions and Strategies p 40

Annex 2 Strategies for Linking Teaching and Research within

Courses and Programmes p41

Annex 3 Institutional Strategies to Link Teaching and

Research A Framework p42

Annex 4 Possible strategies for national and international

organisations pp42-3

My conclusions

bull Understanding the complexity of knowledge lies at

the centre of what makes HIGHER education distinctive

bull That requires purposeful action at a variety of levels

bull In onersquos own teaching and to an extent at course team and

departmental level one does have some freedom of action And

perhaps you can in part shape your research to link with your

teaching

bull Bringing your teaching and research more effectively together can

help you balance what can be competing demands on your time and

attention

bull These issues will shape your whole careerif you are an early career

academic one needs now to focus on what is in your lsquocontrolrsquo but look

to the future hellip

A Conclusion

A Round One thing I am going to do in my own practice is hellip

One thing I am going to propose to my subject group is hellip

One thing we should do at Department Institutional level is hellip

One thing I want to say is hellip

Page 32: Task! Discussing the University web site… Ensure you all have session handout Discuss with those around you how this university conceives the roles of.

Study of Physics and English faculty in two US institutions

In Physics the links lay in the way that undergraduates and

postgraduates could be involved in (staff) research for

much of the research was team basedthe potential and

actual links lay in the organisation of research and

pedagogy Much of the pedagogy was enquiry-based

In English the connections between research and scholarship

were strong indeed the distinctions between research

and scholarship were hard to drawThe teaching-research

connections lay more in the content of the curriculum

(Colbeck 1998)

Discuss teaching research relationships in your course team department or Faculty

Nexus rdquois a connection usually where multiple

elements meetrdquo Wikipedia

Teaching and research relations in my course

team department are like These analogies my

help

lsquolove and marriagersquo lsquo a horse and carriagersquo or

lsquostrangers in the nightrsquo (Sinatra F)

Departmental Relationships

One Research Study in UK Built Environment

departments (Urban Planning) Brookes

Sheffield Hallam Westminster and

University of West of England

Teaching was organised Research was

organised little was done to bring them

together

QAA Scotland Research Teaching Linkages httpwwwenhancementthemesacukdocumentsResearchTeachingQAA292Overview260509pdf

Areas for development

1048698 While there are wide-ranging innovative examples of practice and policy in all institutions

much of this is implicit and not systematically developed or supported

1048698 While the evidence was strong of effective examples of practice at final-year level(for example some

form of research project) institutions departments and schools need to ensure that

these research attributes are developed systematically through programmes in a

structured manner from year one

1048698 There is a sense that the issues were better understood and supported by staff heavily engaged in

teaching and not really understood or supported by those with a major focus on research

1048698 Attention needs to be given to ensuring that students are aware of and understand the

importance of research-based attributes for their future employability and success

as lifelong learners Course teams need to develop waysthat support students understanding

of these attributes and their belief in how they can aid their future employment and involvement

in civic life ( emphasis added)

Considering two case studies

Consider the case study of geography at University College London page 17 ( ignore Oxford Brookes) and Engineering at Imperial p 32

Donrsquot get lost in is this lsquogoodrsquo or lsquobadrsquo practice Letrsquos see it as lsquointeresting practicersquo

What that those departments done to try to bring together teaching and research

What are the similarities and the differences between their strategies

Group Task Departmental Case Studies pp 29-38

Discuss one or more of the case studies ndashand then agree on one

statement worth making as to its value to your

department(s) Faculty this institution

31 Biosciences Chemistry Medicine and Health Sciences

32 Engineering and Mathematics

33 Arts and Social Sciences

34 Geography Earth and Environmental Sciences

35 Developing research skills and academic practices

36 Re-designing Spaces

Note Annex One Linking Teaching and Research in Departments p 40

Questions and Strategies

bull Curriculum and research-based learning

bull Management organisational structure

and staffing at departmental level

bull Inclusive culture

Isssues of Multi and Interdisciplinarity

Internationally hellipfew students now do a single subject degree

Study of long term impact of a degree at Oxford Polytechnic Oxford Brookes

where students studied two subjects Selected geography students

interviewed 5101520 years after graduation

For many this was first time they had been asked to consider their overall

degree relationships between the two subjects they had studied

Jenkins A Jones L and Ward A ( 2001 ) The long -term effect of a degree on

graduate lives Studies in Higher Education 26(2)149-163

Two lsquosolutionsrsquo

Interdisciplinary seminars

Final Year Capstone Courses

httpwwwheacademyacukprojectsdetailntfs

ntfsproject_Gloucestershire10

Remember ldquoWe need to maximise the (potential) synergies and minimise the conflicts

This requires actions at a variety of levelsrdquo

Annex 1 Linking Teaching and Research in Departments

Questions and Strategies p 40

Annex 2 Strategies for Linking Teaching and Research within

Courses and Programmes p41

Annex 3 Institutional Strategies to Link Teaching and

Research A Framework p42

Annex 4 Possible strategies for national and international

organisations pp42-3

My conclusions

bull Understanding the complexity of knowledge lies at

the centre of what makes HIGHER education distinctive

bull That requires purposeful action at a variety of levels

bull In onersquos own teaching and to an extent at course team and

departmental level one does have some freedom of action And

perhaps you can in part shape your research to link with your

teaching

bull Bringing your teaching and research more effectively together can

help you balance what can be competing demands on your time and

attention

bull These issues will shape your whole careerif you are an early career

academic one needs now to focus on what is in your lsquocontrolrsquo but look

to the future hellip

A Conclusion

A Round One thing I am going to do in my own practice is hellip

One thing I am going to propose to my subject group is hellip

One thing we should do at Department Institutional level is hellip

One thing I want to say is hellip

Page 33: Task! Discussing the University web site… Ensure you all have session handout Discuss with those around you how this university conceives the roles of.

Discuss teaching research relationships in your course team department or Faculty

Nexus rdquois a connection usually where multiple

elements meetrdquo Wikipedia

Teaching and research relations in my course

team department are like These analogies my

help

lsquolove and marriagersquo lsquo a horse and carriagersquo or

lsquostrangers in the nightrsquo (Sinatra F)

Departmental Relationships

One Research Study in UK Built Environment

departments (Urban Planning) Brookes

Sheffield Hallam Westminster and

University of West of England

Teaching was organised Research was

organised little was done to bring them

together

QAA Scotland Research Teaching Linkages httpwwwenhancementthemesacukdocumentsResearchTeachingQAA292Overview260509pdf

Areas for development

1048698 While there are wide-ranging innovative examples of practice and policy in all institutions

much of this is implicit and not systematically developed or supported

1048698 While the evidence was strong of effective examples of practice at final-year level(for example some

form of research project) institutions departments and schools need to ensure that

these research attributes are developed systematically through programmes in a

structured manner from year one

1048698 There is a sense that the issues were better understood and supported by staff heavily engaged in

teaching and not really understood or supported by those with a major focus on research

1048698 Attention needs to be given to ensuring that students are aware of and understand the

importance of research-based attributes for their future employability and success

as lifelong learners Course teams need to develop waysthat support students understanding

of these attributes and their belief in how they can aid their future employment and involvement

in civic life ( emphasis added)

Considering two case studies

Consider the case study of geography at University College London page 17 ( ignore Oxford Brookes) and Engineering at Imperial p 32

Donrsquot get lost in is this lsquogoodrsquo or lsquobadrsquo practice Letrsquos see it as lsquointeresting practicersquo

What that those departments done to try to bring together teaching and research

What are the similarities and the differences between their strategies

Group Task Departmental Case Studies pp 29-38

Discuss one or more of the case studies ndashand then agree on one

statement worth making as to its value to your

department(s) Faculty this institution

31 Biosciences Chemistry Medicine and Health Sciences

32 Engineering and Mathematics

33 Arts and Social Sciences

34 Geography Earth and Environmental Sciences

35 Developing research skills and academic practices

36 Re-designing Spaces

Note Annex One Linking Teaching and Research in Departments p 40

Questions and Strategies

bull Curriculum and research-based learning

bull Management organisational structure

and staffing at departmental level

bull Inclusive culture

Isssues of Multi and Interdisciplinarity

Internationally hellipfew students now do a single subject degree

Study of long term impact of a degree at Oxford Polytechnic Oxford Brookes

where students studied two subjects Selected geography students

interviewed 5101520 years after graduation

For many this was first time they had been asked to consider their overall

degree relationships between the two subjects they had studied

Jenkins A Jones L and Ward A ( 2001 ) The long -term effect of a degree on

graduate lives Studies in Higher Education 26(2)149-163

Two lsquosolutionsrsquo

Interdisciplinary seminars

Final Year Capstone Courses

httpwwwheacademyacukprojectsdetailntfs

ntfsproject_Gloucestershire10

Remember ldquoWe need to maximise the (potential) synergies and minimise the conflicts

This requires actions at a variety of levelsrdquo

Annex 1 Linking Teaching and Research in Departments

Questions and Strategies p 40

Annex 2 Strategies for Linking Teaching and Research within

Courses and Programmes p41

Annex 3 Institutional Strategies to Link Teaching and

Research A Framework p42

Annex 4 Possible strategies for national and international

organisations pp42-3

My conclusions

bull Understanding the complexity of knowledge lies at

the centre of what makes HIGHER education distinctive

bull That requires purposeful action at a variety of levels

bull In onersquos own teaching and to an extent at course team and

departmental level one does have some freedom of action And

perhaps you can in part shape your research to link with your

teaching

bull Bringing your teaching and research more effectively together can

help you balance what can be competing demands on your time and

attention

bull These issues will shape your whole careerif you are an early career

academic one needs now to focus on what is in your lsquocontrolrsquo but look

to the future hellip

A Conclusion

A Round One thing I am going to do in my own practice is hellip

One thing I am going to propose to my subject group is hellip

One thing we should do at Department Institutional level is hellip

One thing I want to say is hellip

Page 34: Task! Discussing the University web site… Ensure you all have session handout Discuss with those around you how this university conceives the roles of.

Departmental Relationships

One Research Study in UK Built Environment

departments (Urban Planning) Brookes

Sheffield Hallam Westminster and

University of West of England

Teaching was organised Research was

organised little was done to bring them

together

QAA Scotland Research Teaching Linkages httpwwwenhancementthemesacukdocumentsResearchTeachingQAA292Overview260509pdf

Areas for development

1048698 While there are wide-ranging innovative examples of practice and policy in all institutions

much of this is implicit and not systematically developed or supported

1048698 While the evidence was strong of effective examples of practice at final-year level(for example some

form of research project) institutions departments and schools need to ensure that

these research attributes are developed systematically through programmes in a

structured manner from year one

1048698 There is a sense that the issues were better understood and supported by staff heavily engaged in

teaching and not really understood or supported by those with a major focus on research

1048698 Attention needs to be given to ensuring that students are aware of and understand the

importance of research-based attributes for their future employability and success

as lifelong learners Course teams need to develop waysthat support students understanding

of these attributes and their belief in how they can aid their future employment and involvement

in civic life ( emphasis added)

Considering two case studies

Consider the case study of geography at University College London page 17 ( ignore Oxford Brookes) and Engineering at Imperial p 32

Donrsquot get lost in is this lsquogoodrsquo or lsquobadrsquo practice Letrsquos see it as lsquointeresting practicersquo

What that those departments done to try to bring together teaching and research

What are the similarities and the differences between their strategies

Group Task Departmental Case Studies pp 29-38

Discuss one or more of the case studies ndashand then agree on one

statement worth making as to its value to your

department(s) Faculty this institution

31 Biosciences Chemistry Medicine and Health Sciences

32 Engineering and Mathematics

33 Arts and Social Sciences

34 Geography Earth and Environmental Sciences

35 Developing research skills and academic practices

36 Re-designing Spaces

Note Annex One Linking Teaching and Research in Departments p 40

Questions and Strategies

bull Curriculum and research-based learning

bull Management organisational structure

and staffing at departmental level

bull Inclusive culture

Isssues of Multi and Interdisciplinarity

Internationally hellipfew students now do a single subject degree

Study of long term impact of a degree at Oxford Polytechnic Oxford Brookes

where students studied two subjects Selected geography students

interviewed 5101520 years after graduation

For many this was first time they had been asked to consider their overall

degree relationships between the two subjects they had studied

Jenkins A Jones L and Ward A ( 2001 ) The long -term effect of a degree on

graduate lives Studies in Higher Education 26(2)149-163

Two lsquosolutionsrsquo

Interdisciplinary seminars

Final Year Capstone Courses

httpwwwheacademyacukprojectsdetailntfs

ntfsproject_Gloucestershire10

Remember ldquoWe need to maximise the (potential) synergies and minimise the conflicts

This requires actions at a variety of levelsrdquo

Annex 1 Linking Teaching and Research in Departments

Questions and Strategies p 40

Annex 2 Strategies for Linking Teaching and Research within

Courses and Programmes p41

Annex 3 Institutional Strategies to Link Teaching and

Research A Framework p42

Annex 4 Possible strategies for national and international

organisations pp42-3

My conclusions

bull Understanding the complexity of knowledge lies at

the centre of what makes HIGHER education distinctive

bull That requires purposeful action at a variety of levels

bull In onersquos own teaching and to an extent at course team and

departmental level one does have some freedom of action And

perhaps you can in part shape your research to link with your

teaching

bull Bringing your teaching and research more effectively together can

help you balance what can be competing demands on your time and

attention

bull These issues will shape your whole careerif you are an early career

academic one needs now to focus on what is in your lsquocontrolrsquo but look

to the future hellip

A Conclusion

A Round One thing I am going to do in my own practice is hellip

One thing I am going to propose to my subject group is hellip

One thing we should do at Department Institutional level is hellip

One thing I want to say is hellip

Page 35: Task! Discussing the University web site… Ensure you all have session handout Discuss with those around you how this university conceives the roles of.

QAA Scotland Research Teaching Linkages httpwwwenhancementthemesacukdocumentsResearchTeachingQAA292Overview260509pdf

Areas for development

1048698 While there are wide-ranging innovative examples of practice and policy in all institutions

much of this is implicit and not systematically developed or supported

1048698 While the evidence was strong of effective examples of practice at final-year level(for example some

form of research project) institutions departments and schools need to ensure that

these research attributes are developed systematically through programmes in a

structured manner from year one

1048698 There is a sense that the issues were better understood and supported by staff heavily engaged in

teaching and not really understood or supported by those with a major focus on research

1048698 Attention needs to be given to ensuring that students are aware of and understand the

importance of research-based attributes for their future employability and success

as lifelong learners Course teams need to develop waysthat support students understanding

of these attributes and their belief in how they can aid their future employment and involvement

in civic life ( emphasis added)

Considering two case studies

Consider the case study of geography at University College London page 17 ( ignore Oxford Brookes) and Engineering at Imperial p 32

Donrsquot get lost in is this lsquogoodrsquo or lsquobadrsquo practice Letrsquos see it as lsquointeresting practicersquo

What that those departments done to try to bring together teaching and research

What are the similarities and the differences between their strategies

Group Task Departmental Case Studies pp 29-38

Discuss one or more of the case studies ndashand then agree on one

statement worth making as to its value to your

department(s) Faculty this institution

31 Biosciences Chemistry Medicine and Health Sciences

32 Engineering and Mathematics

33 Arts and Social Sciences

34 Geography Earth and Environmental Sciences

35 Developing research skills and academic practices

36 Re-designing Spaces

Note Annex One Linking Teaching and Research in Departments p 40

Questions and Strategies

bull Curriculum and research-based learning

bull Management organisational structure

and staffing at departmental level

bull Inclusive culture

Isssues of Multi and Interdisciplinarity

Internationally hellipfew students now do a single subject degree

Study of long term impact of a degree at Oxford Polytechnic Oxford Brookes

where students studied two subjects Selected geography students

interviewed 5101520 years after graduation

For many this was first time they had been asked to consider their overall

degree relationships between the two subjects they had studied

Jenkins A Jones L and Ward A ( 2001 ) The long -term effect of a degree on

graduate lives Studies in Higher Education 26(2)149-163

Two lsquosolutionsrsquo

Interdisciplinary seminars

Final Year Capstone Courses

httpwwwheacademyacukprojectsdetailntfs

ntfsproject_Gloucestershire10

Remember ldquoWe need to maximise the (potential) synergies and minimise the conflicts

This requires actions at a variety of levelsrdquo

Annex 1 Linking Teaching and Research in Departments

Questions and Strategies p 40

Annex 2 Strategies for Linking Teaching and Research within

Courses and Programmes p41

Annex 3 Institutional Strategies to Link Teaching and

Research A Framework p42

Annex 4 Possible strategies for national and international

organisations pp42-3

My conclusions

bull Understanding the complexity of knowledge lies at

the centre of what makes HIGHER education distinctive

bull That requires purposeful action at a variety of levels

bull In onersquos own teaching and to an extent at course team and

departmental level one does have some freedom of action And

perhaps you can in part shape your research to link with your

teaching

bull Bringing your teaching and research more effectively together can

help you balance what can be competing demands on your time and

attention

bull These issues will shape your whole careerif you are an early career

academic one needs now to focus on what is in your lsquocontrolrsquo but look

to the future hellip

A Conclusion

A Round One thing I am going to do in my own practice is hellip

One thing I am going to propose to my subject group is hellip

One thing we should do at Department Institutional level is hellip

One thing I want to say is hellip

Page 36: Task! Discussing the University web site… Ensure you all have session handout Discuss with those around you how this university conceives the roles of.

Considering two case studies

Consider the case study of geography at University College London page 17 ( ignore Oxford Brookes) and Engineering at Imperial p 32

Donrsquot get lost in is this lsquogoodrsquo or lsquobadrsquo practice Letrsquos see it as lsquointeresting practicersquo

What that those departments done to try to bring together teaching and research

What are the similarities and the differences between their strategies

Group Task Departmental Case Studies pp 29-38

Discuss one or more of the case studies ndashand then agree on one

statement worth making as to its value to your

department(s) Faculty this institution

31 Biosciences Chemistry Medicine and Health Sciences

32 Engineering and Mathematics

33 Arts and Social Sciences

34 Geography Earth and Environmental Sciences

35 Developing research skills and academic practices

36 Re-designing Spaces

Note Annex One Linking Teaching and Research in Departments p 40

Questions and Strategies

bull Curriculum and research-based learning

bull Management organisational structure

and staffing at departmental level

bull Inclusive culture

Isssues of Multi and Interdisciplinarity

Internationally hellipfew students now do a single subject degree

Study of long term impact of a degree at Oxford Polytechnic Oxford Brookes

where students studied two subjects Selected geography students

interviewed 5101520 years after graduation

For many this was first time they had been asked to consider their overall

degree relationships between the two subjects they had studied

Jenkins A Jones L and Ward A ( 2001 ) The long -term effect of a degree on

graduate lives Studies in Higher Education 26(2)149-163

Two lsquosolutionsrsquo

Interdisciplinary seminars

Final Year Capstone Courses

httpwwwheacademyacukprojectsdetailntfs

ntfsproject_Gloucestershire10

Remember ldquoWe need to maximise the (potential) synergies and minimise the conflicts

This requires actions at a variety of levelsrdquo

Annex 1 Linking Teaching and Research in Departments

Questions and Strategies p 40

Annex 2 Strategies for Linking Teaching and Research within

Courses and Programmes p41

Annex 3 Institutional Strategies to Link Teaching and

Research A Framework p42

Annex 4 Possible strategies for national and international

organisations pp42-3

My conclusions

bull Understanding the complexity of knowledge lies at

the centre of what makes HIGHER education distinctive

bull That requires purposeful action at a variety of levels

bull In onersquos own teaching and to an extent at course team and

departmental level one does have some freedom of action And

perhaps you can in part shape your research to link with your

teaching

bull Bringing your teaching and research more effectively together can

help you balance what can be competing demands on your time and

attention

bull These issues will shape your whole careerif you are an early career

academic one needs now to focus on what is in your lsquocontrolrsquo but look

to the future hellip

A Conclusion

A Round One thing I am going to do in my own practice is hellip

One thing I am going to propose to my subject group is hellip

One thing we should do at Department Institutional level is hellip

One thing I want to say is hellip

Page 37: Task! Discussing the University web site… Ensure you all have session handout Discuss with those around you how this university conceives the roles of.

Group Task Departmental Case Studies pp 29-38

Discuss one or more of the case studies ndashand then agree on one

statement worth making as to its value to your

department(s) Faculty this institution

31 Biosciences Chemistry Medicine and Health Sciences

32 Engineering and Mathematics

33 Arts and Social Sciences

34 Geography Earth and Environmental Sciences

35 Developing research skills and academic practices

36 Re-designing Spaces

Note Annex One Linking Teaching and Research in Departments p 40

Questions and Strategies

bull Curriculum and research-based learning

bull Management organisational structure

and staffing at departmental level

bull Inclusive culture

Isssues of Multi and Interdisciplinarity

Internationally hellipfew students now do a single subject degree

Study of long term impact of a degree at Oxford Polytechnic Oxford Brookes

where students studied two subjects Selected geography students

interviewed 5101520 years after graduation

For many this was first time they had been asked to consider their overall

degree relationships between the two subjects they had studied

Jenkins A Jones L and Ward A ( 2001 ) The long -term effect of a degree on

graduate lives Studies in Higher Education 26(2)149-163

Two lsquosolutionsrsquo

Interdisciplinary seminars

Final Year Capstone Courses

httpwwwheacademyacukprojectsdetailntfs

ntfsproject_Gloucestershire10

Remember ldquoWe need to maximise the (potential) synergies and minimise the conflicts

This requires actions at a variety of levelsrdquo

Annex 1 Linking Teaching and Research in Departments

Questions and Strategies p 40

Annex 2 Strategies for Linking Teaching and Research within

Courses and Programmes p41

Annex 3 Institutional Strategies to Link Teaching and

Research A Framework p42

Annex 4 Possible strategies for national and international

organisations pp42-3

My conclusions

bull Understanding the complexity of knowledge lies at

the centre of what makes HIGHER education distinctive

bull That requires purposeful action at a variety of levels

bull In onersquos own teaching and to an extent at course team and

departmental level one does have some freedom of action And

perhaps you can in part shape your research to link with your

teaching

bull Bringing your teaching and research more effectively together can

help you balance what can be competing demands on your time and

attention

bull These issues will shape your whole careerif you are an early career

academic one needs now to focus on what is in your lsquocontrolrsquo but look

to the future hellip

A Conclusion

A Round One thing I am going to do in my own practice is hellip

One thing I am going to propose to my subject group is hellip

One thing we should do at Department Institutional level is hellip

One thing I want to say is hellip

Page 38: Task! Discussing the University web site… Ensure you all have session handout Discuss with those around you how this university conceives the roles of.

Note Annex One Linking Teaching and Research in Departments p 40

Questions and Strategies

bull Curriculum and research-based learning

bull Management organisational structure

and staffing at departmental level

bull Inclusive culture

Isssues of Multi and Interdisciplinarity

Internationally hellipfew students now do a single subject degree

Study of long term impact of a degree at Oxford Polytechnic Oxford Brookes

where students studied two subjects Selected geography students

interviewed 5101520 years after graduation

For many this was first time they had been asked to consider their overall

degree relationships between the two subjects they had studied

Jenkins A Jones L and Ward A ( 2001 ) The long -term effect of a degree on

graduate lives Studies in Higher Education 26(2)149-163

Two lsquosolutionsrsquo

Interdisciplinary seminars

Final Year Capstone Courses

httpwwwheacademyacukprojectsdetailntfs

ntfsproject_Gloucestershire10

Remember ldquoWe need to maximise the (potential) synergies and minimise the conflicts

This requires actions at a variety of levelsrdquo

Annex 1 Linking Teaching and Research in Departments

Questions and Strategies p 40

Annex 2 Strategies for Linking Teaching and Research within

Courses and Programmes p41

Annex 3 Institutional Strategies to Link Teaching and

Research A Framework p42

Annex 4 Possible strategies for national and international

organisations pp42-3

My conclusions

bull Understanding the complexity of knowledge lies at

the centre of what makes HIGHER education distinctive

bull That requires purposeful action at a variety of levels

bull In onersquos own teaching and to an extent at course team and

departmental level one does have some freedom of action And

perhaps you can in part shape your research to link with your

teaching

bull Bringing your teaching and research more effectively together can

help you balance what can be competing demands on your time and

attention

bull These issues will shape your whole careerif you are an early career

academic one needs now to focus on what is in your lsquocontrolrsquo but look

to the future hellip

A Conclusion

A Round One thing I am going to do in my own practice is hellip

One thing I am going to propose to my subject group is hellip

One thing we should do at Department Institutional level is hellip

One thing I want to say is hellip

Page 39: Task! Discussing the University web site… Ensure you all have session handout Discuss with those around you how this university conceives the roles of.

Isssues of Multi and Interdisciplinarity

Internationally hellipfew students now do a single subject degree

Study of long term impact of a degree at Oxford Polytechnic Oxford Brookes

where students studied two subjects Selected geography students

interviewed 5101520 years after graduation

For many this was first time they had been asked to consider their overall

degree relationships between the two subjects they had studied

Jenkins A Jones L and Ward A ( 2001 ) The long -term effect of a degree on

graduate lives Studies in Higher Education 26(2)149-163

Two lsquosolutionsrsquo

Interdisciplinary seminars

Final Year Capstone Courses

httpwwwheacademyacukprojectsdetailntfs

ntfsproject_Gloucestershire10

Remember ldquoWe need to maximise the (potential) synergies and minimise the conflicts

This requires actions at a variety of levelsrdquo

Annex 1 Linking Teaching and Research in Departments

Questions and Strategies p 40

Annex 2 Strategies for Linking Teaching and Research within

Courses and Programmes p41

Annex 3 Institutional Strategies to Link Teaching and

Research A Framework p42

Annex 4 Possible strategies for national and international

organisations pp42-3

My conclusions

bull Understanding the complexity of knowledge lies at

the centre of what makes HIGHER education distinctive

bull That requires purposeful action at a variety of levels

bull In onersquos own teaching and to an extent at course team and

departmental level one does have some freedom of action And

perhaps you can in part shape your research to link with your

teaching

bull Bringing your teaching and research more effectively together can

help you balance what can be competing demands on your time and

attention

bull These issues will shape your whole careerif you are an early career

academic one needs now to focus on what is in your lsquocontrolrsquo but look

to the future hellip

A Conclusion

A Round One thing I am going to do in my own practice is hellip

One thing I am going to propose to my subject group is hellip

One thing we should do at Department Institutional level is hellip

One thing I want to say is hellip

Page 40: Task! Discussing the University web site… Ensure you all have session handout Discuss with those around you how this university conceives the roles of.

Remember ldquoWe need to maximise the (potential) synergies and minimise the conflicts

This requires actions at a variety of levelsrdquo

Annex 1 Linking Teaching and Research in Departments

Questions and Strategies p 40

Annex 2 Strategies for Linking Teaching and Research within

Courses and Programmes p41

Annex 3 Institutional Strategies to Link Teaching and

Research A Framework p42

Annex 4 Possible strategies for national and international

organisations pp42-3

My conclusions

bull Understanding the complexity of knowledge lies at

the centre of what makes HIGHER education distinctive

bull That requires purposeful action at a variety of levels

bull In onersquos own teaching and to an extent at course team and

departmental level one does have some freedom of action And

perhaps you can in part shape your research to link with your

teaching

bull Bringing your teaching and research more effectively together can

help you balance what can be competing demands on your time and

attention

bull These issues will shape your whole careerif you are an early career

academic one needs now to focus on what is in your lsquocontrolrsquo but look

to the future hellip

A Conclusion

A Round One thing I am going to do in my own practice is hellip

One thing I am going to propose to my subject group is hellip

One thing we should do at Department Institutional level is hellip

One thing I want to say is hellip

Page 41: Task! Discussing the University web site… Ensure you all have session handout Discuss with those around you how this university conceives the roles of.

My conclusions

bull Understanding the complexity of knowledge lies at

the centre of what makes HIGHER education distinctive

bull That requires purposeful action at a variety of levels

bull In onersquos own teaching and to an extent at course team and

departmental level one does have some freedom of action And

perhaps you can in part shape your research to link with your

teaching

bull Bringing your teaching and research more effectively together can

help you balance what can be competing demands on your time and

attention

bull These issues will shape your whole careerif you are an early career

academic one needs now to focus on what is in your lsquocontrolrsquo but look

to the future hellip

A Conclusion

A Round One thing I am going to do in my own practice is hellip

One thing I am going to propose to my subject group is hellip

One thing we should do at Department Institutional level is hellip

One thing I want to say is hellip

Page 42: Task! Discussing the University web site… Ensure you all have session handout Discuss with those around you how this university conceives the roles of.

A Conclusion

A Round One thing I am going to do in my own practice is hellip

One thing I am going to propose to my subject group is hellip

One thing we should do at Department Institutional level is hellip

One thing I want to say is hellip